Quarterlytics / Beverages - Alcoholic / C&C Group

C&C Group

ccr · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker ccr
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Beverages - Alcoholic
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · C&C Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Year ended 28 February 2010

Positioning C&C for Long-term growth 
Business transformation over 18 months

nov 08

Appointment of new 

mAnAgement teAm

feB/mar 09

new strAtegy ArticulAted, 

Asset write-down, 

new business units 

estAblished 

re-orgAnisAtion And cost 

reduction progrAmme 

implemented

mar 09

lAunch of bulmers 

And mAgners peAr

Jun 09

wholesAle price 

reduction of on-

trAde pint bottle, 

irelAnd

aug 09 

Acquisition of irish, 

northern irish And 

scottish Assets of 

Ab inbev (tennent’s) 

nov 09

vAriAtion to mAgners 

mar 10

lAunch of new 

drAught contrAct with 

mAgners mArketing 

molson-coors

cAmpAign And 

mAgners golden 

 Acquisition of the 

drAught

gAymer cider compAny; 

full oft cleArAnce of 

tennent’s trAnsAction

aPr 10

full oft cleArAnce of 

gAymers trAnsAction; 

commencement of full 

integrAtion 

Announcement of 

disposAl of spirits & 

liqueurs

oPerating and strategiC highLights

revenue  

oPerating Profit  

€568.8m

reported 
+10.6%
constAnt currency  +16.4%
-8.6%
orgAnic 

€89.5m

reported 
-10.9%
constAnt currency  +20.9%
+12.4%
orgAnic 

free Cash fLow  

€109.9m

reported 

+44.4%

BasiC earnings Per share  

23.2C

adJusted diLuted
earnings Per share  

22.7C 

reported 

-10.6%

aCquisition of irish, northern irish and 
sCottish assets of aB inBev (tennent’s) 
for €216.5m

aCquisition of the gaymers Cider ComPany 
assets for €52.1m

variation to magners draught 
distriBution agreement with moLson-
Coors in uk

new Brand Position estaBLished for 
magners in the uk and LaunCh of new 
marketing CamPaign

LaunCh of BuLmers Pear in ireLand and 
magners Pear in uk

review of Cider PriCing strategy aCross 
aLL markets

agreement to disPose of sPirits & 
Liqueurs Business for €300m

positioning for long-term growth  
chAirmAn’s stAtement  
chief executive’s review  
operAtions review  
finAnce review  
corporAte responsibility  
boArd of directors  
directors’ report  
directors’ stAtement of corporAte governAnce  
report of the remunerAtion committee on directors’ remunerAtion  
stAtement of directors’ responsibilities  
independent Auditor’s report  
group income stAtement  
group stAtement of comprehensive income 
group bAlAnce sheet  
group cAsh flow stAtement  
group stAtement of chAnges in equity 
compAny bAlAnce sheet  
compAny cAsh flow stAtement  
compAny stAtement of chAnges in equity  
stAtement of Accounting policies  
notes forming pArt of the finAnciAl stAtements  
shAreholder And other informAtion  

2
4
6 
10 
19 
22 
26  
28 
32 
39 
44
45 
47
48 
49
50
51
52
53
54
55 
64
104

A n n u A l   r e p o r t   &   A c c o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1

Positioning for Long-term growth

scotlAnd

northern irelAnd

c&c

tennent’s

Abi distribution rights

gAymer cider co.

non-exclusive on-trAde 
distribution rights

non-trAnsnAtionAl on And
off-trAde distribution rights

other Assets

• wellpArk brewery

• AdvAnce to customers

• AdvAnces to customers

• tennent’s wholesAle

•  3 yeAr contrAct brewing 

Agreement

2

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

republic of irelAnd

englAnd (& row)

c&c

tennent’s

Abi distribution rights

on-trAde And non-trAnsnAtionAl 
off-trAde distribution rights

gAymer cider co.

•  cider mAnufActuring fAcility At 

•  cider mAnufActuring fAcility At 

clonmel

shepton mAllet (gAymers)

other Assets

• distribution fAcility

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

3

Chairman’s statement

building brAnd 
And portfolio

the year under review was CharaCterised By exCePtionaL turBuLenCe, 
voLatiLity and unCertainty, PartiCuLarLy in our Core markets. this 
BLeak BaCkdroP was exaCerBated By another Poor summer and a LaCk 
of Consumer ConfidenCe. the ComPetitive sCene was exCePtionaLLy 
PriCe aggressive where voLume was Pursued at the exPense of margin. 
in these most diffiCuLt of CirCumstanCes management deLivered a 
resiLient PerformanCe, and the grouP is now on a more soLid PLatform.

orgAnisAtion
to their credit and in a relatively short 
timeframe the new management team 
confronted the many challenges which 
they encountered with considerable 
success. they brought stability to the 
business, restored confidence and 
credibility. they adopted a focused 
approach to cost reduction, streamlined 
the organisation and importantly 
redefined our strategic direction. their 
in-depth knowledge of the British market 
together with its complex routes to 
market corrects a previous deficit.

Acquisitions And strAtegy
the acquisition of the high profile 
tennent’s beer brand from aB-inBev 
and the gaymers Cider business 
from Constellation were key strategic 
initiatives and will provide us with a more 
comprehensive Long alcoholic drinks 

(“Lad”) portfolio in the uk and ireland. 
in turn, the leveraging of these brands 
should benefit our premium magners 
cider business. these acquisitions, 
coupled with the recently announced 
disposal of our spirits & Liqueurs division, 
confirm your Board’s intention to focus 
strategically on cider and long alcohol 
drinks. in the long-term the goal is to 
build a significant international Lad 
business through a mix of organic growth, 
targeted acquisitions and alliances.

innovAtion
our marketing team were pro-active in the 
area of innovation with the launch of Pear 
Cider in the irish and British markets. 
more recently Bulmer’s Berry Cider was 
launched in ireland, while magner’s 
golden draught is being rolled out in 
scotland. these fresh initiatives, will, we 
believe, stimulate our cider brands.

finAnciAls
operating profit, before exceptional items, 
for the year amounted to €89.5 million 
which was slightly ahead of market 
guidance and was a satisfactory outcome 
in very testing conditions. our policy of 
investing significant resources behind our 
brands was maintained, aided by lower 
media buying rates.

the cash generative nature of the business 
was again evident with free cash flow 
for the year of €110 million. additionally, 
the recently announced agreement to 
dispose of the group’s spirits & Liqueurs 
business for €300 million will have a 
very positive impact on the groups’ net 
debt to eBitda ratio and will leave us in 
an advantageous position in the event of 
suitable opportunities emerging.

4

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

the aCquisition of the 
high ProfiLe tennent’s 
Beer Brand from  
aB-inBev and the 
gaymers Cider Business 
from ConsteLLation 
were key strategiC 
initiatives

dividend
it is proposed to pay final dividend 
of three cent per share, subject to 
shareholder approval. if approved, this 
will bring the group’s full year dividend 
to six cent per share. a scrip dividend 
alternative will also be available.

governAnce
a statement of our main governance 
practices is provided on pages 32 to 38. 
the Board, together with the senior 
management team are committed 
to achieving the highest standards of 
governance and ethical behaviour and 
believe that appropriate systems of 
internal control are in place.

Commencing this year, the Board decided 
to present the directors’ remuneration 
report to shareholders for the purposes 
of an advisory vote. there is no legal 
obligation on the Company to do this 
and the outcome of the vote is non-
binding. the Board though acknowledges 
shareholders entitlement to a ‘say on Pay’.

boArd And mAnAgement
noreen o’kelly, our Company secretary 
for over eight years, decided to pursue a 
career change outside of the group and 
departed the organisation at the end of 
may, 2010. noreen oversaw the group’s 
transition from a private Company to a 
PLC. she established and policed our 
governance standards, and was a reservoir 
of knowledge for both the Board and 
management on a wide range of corporate 
issues. i want to thank her and wish her 
well. she will be replaced by sinead gillen.

sir Brian stewart was co-opted to the Board 
last march as a non-executive director 
and Chairman designate. he will succeed 
me as Chairman immediately after this 
agm. sir Brian was previously Chairman 
of standard Life, PLC; Chairman of s&n 
PLC; and also was Ceo of s&n PLC. he is 
currently Chairman of the miller group. he 
brings with him a wealth of experience in 
the global drinks industry as well as being 
an international business figure of stature.

strategy and investor relations. he is a 
Chartered accountant and was previously 
finance director of s&n western europe 
and finance director of s&n (u.k.). his 
appointment brings both balance and 
relevant expertise to the Board.

as provided for in the Company’s articles 
of association, sir Brian stewart and 
kenny neison are proposed for election 
at the agm on 5 august 2010. also in 
accordance with the Company’s articles 
of association and recommended 
best practice in the Combined Code 
on Corporate governance, each year 
at the agm at least one third of the 
directors retire from the Board and 
submit themselves for re-election at 
the forthcoming agm. this year Liam 
fitzgerald and John Burgess will retire 
from the Board and seek re-election at 
the agm.

i can confirm that i have conducted 
a thorough assessment of the 
performances of all directors and each 
of them continues to demonstrate a high 
level of effectiveness and commitment to 
the role. i therefore strongly recommend 
the re-election of the above directors.

i will be stepping down from the Board 
as a director and Chairman immediately 
after the agm. i believe the group is in 
very capable hands, that key performance 
measures are trending positively and that 
the pursuit of a focused Lad strategy will 
prove to be rewarding. i wish to thank my 
Board colleagues for their dedication and 
support since our iPo, over six years ago.

conclusion
it is anticipated that the external 
environment will remain downbeat 
for this financial year and consumer 
sentiment is likely to remain subdued. 
this inevitably will restrict top-line 
growth. however, management’s 
concentration on further cost reductions, 
synergy extraction from recent 
acquisitions, together with astute 
marketing initiatives, should ensure a 
positive outcome.

kenny neison was co-opted to the 
Board in november 2009 as an executive 
director with specific responsibility for 

tony o’Brien
Chairman

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

5

Chief exeCutive’s review

timing our 
evolution

during the financial year ended 28 
february 2010, the group made 
continued progress towards addressing 
the performance of the Bulmers and 
magners brands and has successfully 
implemented a series of steps to position 
the business to deliver consistent, long 
term growth including; restructuring 
and streamlining the business to result 
in a leaner more efficient organisation, 
acquisition of both the tennent’s beer 
and gaymer cider businesses, and, the 
creation of a new proposition for the 
magners brand. 

following the acquisitions, we 
restructured the cider and beer 
businesses appointing a managing 
director to each of our core geographical 
regions, (england & wales, northern 
ireland, republic of ireland, scotland 
and rest of world). the benefit of this 
regional structure is two fold: 

-  it allows each business unit to build 
and maintain a local business focus 
with strong brands, good market 
position and exceptional people; and,

-  it enables each business unit to 

operate independently, allowing it to be 
more agile and entrepreneurial with a 
clear line of sight between head office 
and the consumer. 

By focusing on the local market and its 
customers, we believe that these units will 
have a competitive advantage over their 
global counterparts. they will work closely 
with customers and respond more quickly 
to market needs and opportunities. 

we believe that the group now has the 
skills, resources, people and product 
portfolio to become a more dynamic 
player in the core markets. not only have 
we strengthened our brand proposition 
and created a more viable business 
model, we have also established 
important strategic alliances for the 
future. good progress has been made 
on integrating the acquired businesses 
with the existing business although it is 
recognised that there are still significant 
challenges to be addressed over the 
summer months to complete this process.

fy10 has Been another ChaLLenging year for 
Both the grouP and the industry. trading 
Conditions remained Poor, as the Long aLCohoL 
drinks (‘Lad’) industry in Both ireLand and the 
united kingdom suffered from the Continuing 
effeCts of the gLoBaL reCession. 

aLthough Cider voLumes, exCLuding aCquisition 
voLumes, deCLined By 2.4% - this refLeCted a 
staBiLisation of our PerformanCe reLative to 
the Prior year when year-on-year voLumes 
deCLined By 14%.

6

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

oBJeCtives set in 2009: short-term

NEW BUSINESS STRUCTURE

STRENGTHEN BRAND PROPOSITION

IMPROVE COST POSITION

To allow quick, 
profit focused 
decision making

To meet local 
consumer and 
customer needs

Reduce cost 
base and 
over‐capacity

we BeLieve that the 
grouP now has the 
skiLLs, resourCes, 
PeoPLe and ProduCt 
PortfoLio to BeCome a 
more dynamiC PLayer in 
our Core markets.

Acquisitions
tennent’s
as C&C continued to build its magners 
brand in the uk, an opportunity to 
purchase tennent’s from aB inBev 
presented us with a ‘perfect fit’. 
tennent’s is an iconic brand that dates 
NEW ROUTES TO MARKET
back to 1885 holding a major share 
of the Lad market in both northern 
ireland and scotland. the business has 
BUILD STRATEGIC ALLIANCES
strong cash generating capabilities 
and is supported by an experienced 
workforce, the benefits of which will 
enhance the position of the magners 
INNOVATION
brand in these territories. tennent’s 
strong relationships with both the on 
and off-trade offers the group new and 
established routes to market. accessing 
this pipeline provides an excellent 
platform from which to build sales of 
the magners cider brand. 

the country’s football fans. tennent’s 
recently ended their 36 year sponsorship 
of the scottish national team, and will 
commence a three-year sponsorship of 
glasgow Celtic and glasgow rangers 
this summer. 

Partnership 
approach in existing 
and new markets

scotland forms one of the new 
autonomous business units and will now 
Maximise the 
receive the investment and support to 
use of our assets 
drive the business forward and be more 
to enhance profits
innovative in their marketing to promote 
both the tennent’s and magners brands. 

Make product and 
business innovation 
a core competency

as part of this transaction, we also 
acquired a 20 year distribution 
agreement for several of aBi’s premium 
brands, including Budweiser, Beck’s 
and stella artois (distribution rights vary 
depending on territory) boosting our 
beer portfolio in ireland and the uk, and 
increasing our leverage with customers 
in the scottish market. 

tennent’s has a long history of 
sponsorship, including the annual 
t in the Park music festival, but it is 
their relationship with Premiership 
and international scottish football that 
is most significant, reaching 80% of 

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

7

Chief exeCutive’s review - Continued

gaymers
the acquisition of the gaymer cider 
business, from Constellation Brands, 
came much later in the year and has 
not had a significant impact on the 
group’s financial performance in fy10. 
we believe the acquisition provides the 
group with excellent opportunities to 
improve our market performance in 
great Britain (’gB’).

gaymers is the second largest cider 
producer in the uk. its attraction to C&C 
is based on two key factors: the breadth 
of its portfolio (brands cover several 
cider categories including mainstream, 
specialist/artisan, regional and own 
label), including the uk’s number two 
pear cider; and its strong relationship 
with the off-trade.

we now have a complete range of 
brands across the cider spectrum, 
as well as strengthened routes to 
market. Combined with the synergies 
and knowledge that will be transferred 
between the businesses, the acquisition 
of gaymers will help us to grow further 
and enhance our production and 
distribution in ireland and the uk. 

gaymers is currently integrating into 
our existing gB cider business and both 
businesses will be managed as a single 
business unit. 

ultimately, these two acquisitions 
strengthen our brand proposition, give 
us greater market reach and improved 
production and packaging flexibility with 
the addition of two production facilities 
in gB. they have also given us greater 
scope and opportunities, specifically in 
gB, the world’s largest cider market. the 
group’s increased scope and strength 
in the gB market enabled it to better 
align its distribution arrangements and 
renegotiate its draught distribution 
contract with molson Coors.

new products
to offer consumers a more dynamic 
product offering it is essential for C&C 
to be more innovative, as a result of this 
renewed focus on innovation, in march 
2009, we launched a pear cider on the 
irish and uk markets under the Bulmers 
and magners brand names respectively. 
in ireland, we set targets of reaching 
80% distribution to the on-trade and 95% 
of the off-trade within 10 months. we 
achieved these targets in just 10 weeks 
and Bulmers Pear now accounts for 6% 
of total irish volume. Pear appeals to a 
younger audience than original Cider, 
and is favoured by female drinkers.

with Pear, we have proved our innovation 
capabilities. these are essential for 
our evolution and driving the business 
forward. since the year end, we have 
extended our cider offerings with the 
launch of Bulmers Berry in the republic 
of ireland and magners golden draught 
in scotland. our mid-strength cider is 
still relatively new to the market and 
has proved popular at venues like golf 
clubs, while Bulmers and magners Light 
remains a strong niche product in their 
core markets.

mArketing
during fy10, while we developed new 
brand propositions the focus of our 
marketing investment was placed behind 
the launch of Pear in both ireland and 
the uk. these innovative marketing 
campaigns helped create a more 
dynamic brand image and attracted new 
and lapsed drinkers to try our original 
cider brand. 

following the launch of magners Pear 
cider, we revitalised the magners 
original marketing campaign with a 
new campaign ‘method in the magners’ 
launched in fy11 which shifts from a 
generic marketing approach to one 
tailored specifically at the targeted 
consumer audience that focuses on the 
brand’s authentic heritage and craft but 
is unique to each market. 

8

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

gaymers is the 
seCond Largest Cider 
ProduCer in the uk.

NEW BUSINESS STRUCTURE

STRENGTHEN BRAND PROPOSITION

IMPROVE COST POSITION

To allow quick, 

profit focused 

decision making

To meet local 

consumer and 

customer needs

Reduce cost 

base and 

over‐capacity

Partnership 
approach in existing 
and new markets

Maximise the 
use of our assets 
to enhance profits

Make product and 
business innovation 
a core competency

outlook
over the past 12 months, we have taken 
a series of steps to position the business 
to deliver consistent, long-term growth. 
we have significantly strengthened our 
position in the long alcohol drinks sector 
through the acquisition of the tennent’s 
and gaymers businesses. our strong 
underlying free cash flow generation and 
balance sheet strength will support the 
continuing development of a cider-led 
drinks portfolio while the acquisitions 
give us greater scale in our core markets 
and provide opportunities for both 
revenue and cost synergy benefits.
while we remain cautious on the macro 
economic outlook for both ireland and 
great Britain, in the medium term, we 
have confidence in our brand strengths 
and trading strategies. 

John dunsmore
Chief executive officer

oBJeCtives set in 2009: medium-term

NEW ROUTES TO MARKET

BUILD STRATEGIC ALLIANCES

INNOVATION

given that our long-term aim is to build 
a substantial international cider-led, 
Lad business through a combination 
of organic growth and selective 
acquisitions; the limited synergies 
between this division and our cider and 
beer businesses; and the significant 
ongoing investment that would be 
required to develop this business, 
we took the view that investment in 
the group’s Lad businesses provides 
greater scope for the creation of 
shareholder value. 

outgoing chAirmAn 
after serving 21 years as Chief executive 
and a further eight years as non-
executive Chairman, tony o’Brien has 
decided to retire from the business. he 
has overseen considerable changes in 
the business and his contribution has 
steered us through both the good times 
and the difficult ones. on behalf of the 
management team i would like to extend 
our gratitude for his sterling efforts and 
wish him well in his retirement.
i would also like to welcome sir Brian 
stewart, our Chairman designate, who, 
subject to shareholder approval, will be 
appointed chairman at the agm on 5 
august 2010. 

sponsorship
sponsorship continues to play an 
essential role in the marketing mix. the 
magners League rugby sponsorship is 
highly successful in ireland, but we have 
shifted away from the popular comedy 
festival sponsorship, focusing instead 
on acquiring pouring rights at events 
and festivals. this is the result of having 
a broader portfolio to offer venues. 
we had pouring rights at the 2009 
Leopardstown summer festival, and this 
will be extended to the o2 and the rds 
in dublin. in the uk, we will be the first 
drinks company to have pouring rights 
at glastonbury, Britain’s biggest music 
festival.

pricing initiatives
in response to the economic conditions, 
the group implemented a price reduction 
of c. 10% on the Bulmers original pint 
bottle to its customers in the on-trade 
in the republic of ireland, which led to a 
significant price reduction to consumers. 
since the year end, we announced a 
2.4% reduction in the wholesale price of 
draught Bulmers, also in the republic of 
ireland.

after considerable research, we are 
satisfied that the brand price positioning 
is now at an appropriate level for a 
premium cider brand.

spirits & liqueurs
since the year end, the group announced 
an agreement to dispose of its spirits 
& Liqueurs division to william grant 
& sons holdings Ltd for a cash 
consideration of €300 million, subject 
only to shareholder approval which will 
be sought at an egm on 17 June 2010.

the business is a complementary 
portfolio of premium niche brands - 
tullamore dew, Carolans, frangelico 
and irish mist - which are exported to 
over 80 international markets. while 
these international brands have strong 
market positions in niche categories, 
it was our belief that the business was 
sub-scale.

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

9

 
oPerations review

stAbilising 
business

we rePorted a 16.4%(i) inCrease in revenue 
to €568.8m, oPerating Profit, Before 
exCePtionaL items, of €89.5m and BasiC 
earnings Per share of 23.2 Cent for the 
finanCiaL year ended 28 feBruary 2010. 
this PerformanCe transLates to an 
oPerating margin of 15.7%, an inCrease of 
0.6 PerCentage Points on fy09 in Constant 
CurrenCy terms.

operating profit before exceptional items 
and excluding the benefit of acquired 
businesses is €83.2 million, an increase of 
12.4%(i) on the prior year. this represents 
an operating margin of 18.6%. in constant 
currency terms an increase of 3.5 
percentage points on fy09. 

our cider volumes increased 5.9% on 
the prior year. excluding the impact of 
gaymers, cider volumes declined 2.4% on 
the prior year. this is broadly consistent 
with our objective to stabilise volumes 
given the 14% decline in volumes recorded 
in the prior financial year. 

as indicated in tables 1 and 2 the current 
financial year saw Bulmers sales volumes 
in the republic of ireland strengthen from 
a position of underperformance versus 
the market at the beginning of the year to 
one of outperformance at the year end. 
while in gB, the underperformance of our 
magners brand sales volumes versus the 
market improved by 15 percentage points 
to a 12 percentage point underperformance 
reflecting a significant improvement year on 
year. our performance in both gB and roi 
are discussed in detail on pages 12 and 13.

spirits & Liqueurs volume declined by 
4.1% in fy10 with volumes recovering in 
the second half of the year following a 15% 
decline in the first half. 

1 0

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

TABLE 1
ROI ON + OFF TRADE ROLLING MAT VOLUME SALES TREND

-6%

-7%

-8%

-8%

-9%

-9%

-5%

-5%

-7%

-7%

-4%

-6%

-10%

-11%

-10%

-10%

-10%

-10%

-11%

-13%

-15%

-15%

Apr
09

May
09

Jun
09

Jul
09

Aug
09

Sep
09

Oct
09

Nov
09

Dec
09

Jan
10

Feb
10

Total LAD

Total Bulmers

Source: ACNielson Data to Feb 2010

TABLE 2
GB ON + OFF TRADE ROLLING MAT VOLUME SALES TREND

4%

4%

6%

5%

6%

7%

7%

10%

8%

9%

9%

9%

8%

7%

-10%

-8%

-13%

-16%

-7%

-6%

-6%

-5%

-23%

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
2
0
.
1
2

-24%

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
3
0
.
1
2

-22%

-21%

-19%

-18%

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
4
0
.
8
1

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
5
0
.
6
1

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
6
0
.
3
1

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
7
0
.
1
1

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
8
0
.
8
0

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
9
0
.
5
0

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
0
1
.
3
0

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
0
1
.
1
3

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
1
1
.
8
2

E
W
T
A
M

9
0
.
2
1
.
6
2

E
W
T
A
M

0
1
.
1
0
.
3
2

E
W
T
A
M

0
1
.
2
0
.
0
2

Total Cider

Total Magners

Source: ACNielson & CGA Data to Feb 20/2/2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the grouP is on traCk 
to deLiver on its Cost 
and revenue synergy 
target of £5m in fy11. 

good progress was made on extracting 
synergistic benefits from the enlarged 
business. distribution arrangements 
have been restructured in both scotland 
and northern ireland, integration of the 
northern ireland trading businesses is 
complete and a new senior management 
team has been appointed for gB cider 
sales and marketing. the group is on 
track to deliver on its cost and revenue 
synergy target of £5 million in fy11.

we recorded free Cash flow of €109.9 
million for the year, representing 103.4% 
of eBitda(ii), reflecting reduced capital 
expenditure, reduced financing costs 
and better working capital management 
including the positive timing impact of the 
acquisitions.

Acquisitions 
in september 2009 we completed the 
acquisition of the businesses of aB inBev 
in ireland, northern ireland and scotland 
(“tennent’s”) for a total consideration 
of €216.5 million, of which payment of 
€30.8 million is deferred until september 
2010. the principal assets of the 
business included the rights to tennent’s 
brands worldwide (with the exception of 
tennent’s super and tennent’s Pilsner), 
the wellpark Brewery in glasgow and 
investments in on-trade customers of the 
acquired businesses. 

in January 2010, we completed the 
acquisition of the uk cider assets of 
Constellation Brands, the gaymers 
Cider Business (“gaymers”) for a total 
consideration of €52.1 million. the 
principal assets of this business are a 
broad uk cider portfolio including the 
brands Blackthorn, olde english and 

gaymers; a cider production facility at 
shepton mallet, somerset, england; and 
a leased distribution warehouse in Bristol, 
england. we received unconditional 
approval from the uk office of fair trading 
(“oft”) for this acquisition on 8 april 2010.

the combined cost of tennent’s and 
gaymers including acquisition related 
costs is €268.6 million. 

synergies & integrAtion
the operational integration of tennent’s 
is well advanced. good progress has also 
been made on the integration of gaymers 
since we received final clearance from 
the uk oft in april 2010. there are still 
significant challenges to address over the 
summer months, particularly in relation 
to the development of a new it systems 
platform for the enlarged gB business. it 
is anticipated that migration onto the new 
systems will complete on or about the end 
of september 2010. the total expenditure 
associated with systems development is 
estimated at approximately €7 million.

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1 1

oPerations review - Continued

during the year, we 
took a numBer of 
stePs to ensure the 
grouP is Positioned to 
ComPete effeCtiveLy 
in tough market 
Conditions

 divisionAl review cider - irelAnd

  Cider | roi 
  Constant currency 

 revenue  
  - Price impact 
  - volume impact 

 operating profit 
 operating margin 

 volumes 

revenue of €153.0 million declined 
8.2% on the same period last year. 
operating profit declined by 2.2% on a 
constant currency basis to €44.3 million 
while operating margin improved by 
1.8 percentage points. revenue decline 
attributed to price in the year was 5.4%. 
the two key features of this decline were 
the relative growth of off trade volumes 
and the 10% wholesale price reduction for 
pint bottles in the on trade announced and 
implemented in June 2009. 

volumes declined 2.8% against the 
backdrop of a weak roi Long alcoholic 
drinks (Lad) market and a challenging 
economic environment, with the Lad(v) 
market declining 6% in the year ended 
february 2010. this comprised a 7% 
decline in the on-trade and a 4% decline in 
the off-trade. 

1 2

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

2009/10 
€m 

153.0 
 (5.4%) 
 (2.8%) 

44.3 
29.0% 

2008/09 
€m 

166.6 

45.3 
27.2% 

Change 

 (8.2%)

 (2.2%)
1.8pts

 (2.8%)

volume performance also reflects the 
continuing shift from on-trade to off-trade 
with volumes declining by 7% year on year 
in the on-trade but growing by 3% in the 
off trade. 

during the year, we took a number of 
steps to ensure the group is positioned 
to compete effectively in tough market 
conditions comprising: a re-organisation 
of the sales force; the launch of Bulmers 
Pear; a 10% reduction in the wholesale 
price for pint bottles; a new advertising 
campaign; and the implementation of the 
cost reduction programme announced 
in fy09. Collectively, these initiatives 
contributed to a C&C volume performance 
ahead of the Lad market trend and an 
improvement in operating margins. 

the group continues to invest in the 
momentum of Bulmers and subsequent to 
the year-end announced a 2.4% reduction 
in the wholesale price of draught Bulmers 
and added to the growing Bulmers range 
with the launch of Berry.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
magners overaLL 
PerformanCe shows 
signifiCant Progress 
towards the oBJeCtive 
of staBiLising voLumes

 divisionAl review cider - greAt britAin

  Cider | gB 
  Constant currency 

 revenue  
  - Price impact 
  - volume impact 
  - gaymers impact 

 operating profit 
  - gaymers impact 
  - organic operating profit 
  - operating margin 
  - organic operating margin 

 total gB cider volumes 
  - organic volumes 

2009/10 
€m 

149.0 
(10.3%) 
(4.9%) 
6.1% 

19.7 
(0.7) 
20.4 
13.2% 
14.7% 

2008/09 
€m 

163.9 

13.3 
- 
13.3 
8.1% 
8.1% 

Change 

 (9.1%)

48.1%
-
53.4%
5.1pts 
6.6pts

11.7%
 (4.9%)

revenue of €149.0 million declined by 
9.1% versus last year on a constant 
currency basis. operating profit increased 
48.1% to €19.7 million while operating 
margin improved by 5.1 percentage points 
to 13.2%, both in constant currency terms. 
excluding the impact of the gaymers 
acquisition, operating profit increased 
53.4% to €20.4 million while operating 
margin improved by 6.6 percentage 
points to 14.7%, both in constant currency 
terms. the improvement in operating 
margin reflects: a reduced level of 
brand investment while developing the 
new magners proposition; savings in 
depreciation costs post the revaluation 
of the cider manufacturing plant; and, 
the impact of the reorganisation and 
cost reduction programme in Clonmel; 
partially offset by an increase in sales 
infrastructure investment.

revenue decline attributed to price in 
the year was 10.3%. the two key features 
of this decline were the relative growth 
of off-trade volumes and the impact of 
a period of promotional activity in the 
grocery channel in the first half of the year. 
total volumes increased 11.7% on the 
prior year, which includes the benefit of 
gaymers. magners volumes declined 4.9% 
year on year in a growing cider category 
fuelled by growth in the off trade channel. 
the gB cider market increased 7%(v) in the 
12 months to february 2010. 

magners overall performance shows 
significant progress towards the objective 
of stabilising volumes relative to the 17% 

volume decline experienced in the year to 
february 2009. magners off-trade volumes 
have grown 12% year on year compared 
with category volume growth in the off-
trade of 13%(v). on-trade volumes declined 
14% year on year compared to flat volume 
growth in the on trade category(v). the 
brand continues to underperform in the 
on-trade but the launch of Pear and 
growth in draught volumes contributed to 
a significant improvement in performance.

during the year, C&C modified the terms 
of its agreement with molson Coors 
on the distribution of draught magners 
in gB. under the terms of the revised 
agreement, molson Coors uk will continue 
to distribute draught magners to the 
independent free trade in england & 
wales, while draught magners to the on-
trade in scotland and on trade multiples in 
england & wales will be distributed by the 
group. we will also distribute all other Lad 
brands to the on-trade throughout gB. 
this revised agreement took effect from 
1 march 2010 and, consequently, had no 
impact on performance in the current year. 

subsequent to the year-end, we 
launched the ‘method in the magners’ 
marketing campaign and also a new 
draught product, magners golden 
draught, in the scottish market. 

the operating loss in gaymers for the 6 
week period of ownership from 15 January 
to 28 february 2010 reflects the phasing 
of profit in a high volume, low margin 
seasonal business. 

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in northern ireLand, 
voLumes inCreased 
9.9%, ComPrising 20% 
growth in the off-
trade and unChanged 
voLumes in the on-
trade.

oPerating Profit 
growth refLeCts a 
reduCtion in direCt 
Branding marketing 
investment

oPerations review - Continued

 divisionAl review cider - rest of world 

  Cider | row 
  Constant currency 

 revenue  
  - Price impact 
  - volume impact 

 operating profit 
  - operating margin 

 total row cider volumes 
  - northern ireland volumes 

the cider - rest of world operating 
segment includes the aggregation of 
sales of magners in northern ireland 
and other territories outside ireland 
and gB. northern ireland accounts for 
approximately 50% of volumes while the 
principal territories in the rest of the 
world are north america and iberia.

in northern ireland, volumes increased 
9.9%, comprising 20% growth in the off 
trade and unchanged volumes in the 
on trade. excluding northern ireland, 
magners volumes grew 9.3% in the 
year with 9% growth in north america 
more than offsetting a similar level of 
percentage decline in iberia. 

2009/10 
€m 

34.2 
 (8.1%) 
9.6% 

4.4 
12.9% 

2008/09 
€m 

33.7 

(0.7) 
 (2.1%) 

Change 

1.5%

-
-

9.6%
9.9%

the 8.1% revenue decline attributed to 
price reflects the channel mix in northern 
ireland with all of the growth coming from 
the off trade. market mix in the other 
territories was also dilutive to pricing as a 
consequence of the relatively lower price 
and margin structure in north america. 

operating profit growth is almost entirely 
attributable to a reduction in marketing 
spend, which partly reflects unsuccessful 
investment in germany and spain in the 
previous year but also recognises the 
need for the group to develop a more 
focussed and balanced approach to the 
development of new markets. 

1 4

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
revenue amounted 
to €122.4m whiLe 
oPerating Profit was 
€6.3m rePresenting an 
oPerating margin of 
5.1%. 

divisionAl review Acquired businesses 

tennent’s brand  aBi / factored brands 
€m 

€m 

tennent’s 
€m 

81.0 
 revenue  
 operating profit 
3.7 
 - operating margin  4.6% 

31.5 
3.3 
10.5% 

112.5 
7.0 
6.2% 

gaymers 
€m 

9.9 
(0.7) 
(7.1%) 

total
€m

122.4
6.3
5.1%

the acquisition of the aB inbev irish, 
northern irish and scottish businesses 
was completed on 28 september 2009 
and its results have been consolidated 
for the 5 month period from this date to 
28 february 2010. revenue amounted to 
€112.5m while operating profit was €7.0m 
representing an operating margin of 6.2%. 
revenue for gaymers was €9.9m for the 
six weeks of ownership in the year under 
review. the business incurred an operating 
loss in the period of €0.7m reflecting the 
phasing of profits in a high volume, low 
margin seasonal business. Contributions 
from both businesses were in line with 
managements’ expectations. 

the results for the aB inbev businesses 
are reported within both the tennent’s 
and the distribution operating segments. 
the operating segment ‘tennent’s Beer’ 
includes the results of the tennent’s brand 
while the distribution segment includes 
wholesaling to the licensed trade in 

northern ireland, the distribution of agency 
products and now also incorporates the 
results from the distribution of certain aB 
inbev brands in ireland, northern ireland 
and scotland. results for the gaymers 
cider business are reported within the 
Cider gB operating segment.

the results of the distribution segment are 
detailed below:

distribution 
Constant currency 

revenue  
 - organic growth 
 - acquisition impact 
operating profit 
- organic 
- acquired 

operating margin 

2009/10 
€m 

73.6 
9.4% 
81.8% 
2.7 
 (0.6) 
3.3 

3.7% 

2008/09 
€m 

38.5 

Change 

91.2%

0.3 

-

0.8% 

+2.9pts 

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
oPerations review - Continued

sinCe the year end, we 
announCed an agreement 
to disPose of the sPirits 
& Liqueurs division to 
wiLLiam grant & sons 
hoLdings Ltd for a Cash 
Consideration of €300m

 divisionAl review spirits & liqueurs

  spirits & Liqueurs 
  Constant currency 

 revenue  
  - Price impact 
  - volume impact 

 operating profit 
  - operating margin 

 volumes 

revenue of €78.0 million declined 9.1% 
year on year on a constant currency basis. 
operating profit declined by 7% to €14.7 
million while operating margin increased 
by 0.4 percentage points year on year, both 
in constant currency. 

shipments declined 4.1% year on year. 
this performance represents a strong 
volume performance in the second half 
of the year following a 15% decline in 
volumes in the first half. the overall 
volume decline is attributable to de-

2009/10 
€m 

78.0 
 (5.0%) 
 (4.1%) 

14.7 
18.8% 

2008/09 
€m 

85.8 

15.8 
18.4% 

Change 

 (9.1%)

 (7.0%)
+0.4pts 

 (4.1%)

stocking across all of our major markets 
during calendar year 2009 and challenging 
consumer environments in some of 
the eastern european markets where 
tullamore dew is well represented. 

on 30 april 2010, the group announced 
an agreement to dispose of the spirits & 
Liqueurs division to william grant & sons 
holdings Ltd for a cash consideration of 
€300 million.

1 6

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
next year wiLL see 
the ComPrehensive 
integration of these 
new Businesses into 
the C&C Business 
modeL, and we wiLL 
foCus PrimariLy on 
BuiLding Business in 
great Britain

(i)   on a constant currency basis

(ii)    including discontinued but excluding exceptional 

items

(iii)   excludes the fair value of swaP instruments 

amounting to a liability of €4.9m (fy09: €6.3m)

(iv)   net debt:eBitda is before exceptional items 

and includes eBitda generated by the acquired 

businesses for the previous 12 months, the pre-

acquisition element of which was determined on a 

carve out basis

(v)   source: aC nielsen / Cga

bAlAnce sheet And dividends
the acquisition of tennent’s was financed 
from an existing bank facility and cash 
reserves, while the acquisition of gaymers 
was financed from a new bank facility. 
as a result, net debt(iii)at 28 february 
2010 increased by 61.3% to €364.9m. 
at february 2010 net debt to eBitda(iv) 
was 2.8 times compared with 1.9 times 
at 28 february 2009. the recently 
announced agreement to dispose of the 
group’s spirits & Liqueurs business for a 
consideration of €300 million will have a 
significant positive impact on the group’s 
net debt to eBitda ratio in fy11. 

subject to shareholder approval, the group 
proposes to pay a final dividend of 3 cent 
per share on 1 september 2010 to ordinary 
shareholders registered at the close of 
business on 4 June 2010, resulting in a 
proposed full year dividend of 6 cent per 
share, a 33.3% decline on the previous 
year. a scrip dividend alternative will be 
available.

strAtegy And outlook
the results for this year reflect the poor 
trading conditions that the drinks industry 
continues to face in ireland, great Britain 
and much of the world. for C&C however, 
there are positive aspects to consider: 
in great Britain cider sales stabilised; 
while in ireland cider volumes exhibited 
the smallest decline of any Lad category, 
allowing us to out-perform the market; 
internationally, cider continued its strong 
growth. with the addition of tennent’s 
and gaymers, and with new product 
innovations, we have a portfolio of brands 
which provides us with customer leverage 
and a broad and strong foundation upon 
which to build. 

C&C is being turned around. Last 
year we implemented vital changes 
to our structure and costs. this year 
we have stabilised the business and 
acquired two companies that give us 
greater opportunities and solidity in our 
core markets. next year will see the 
comprehensive integration of these new 
companies into the C&C business model, 
and we will focus primarily on building 
the business in gB, as well as making 
small expansion steps internationally and 
holding earnings in ireland. 

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1 7

oPerations review - Continued

Comparisons for revenue and operating profit for each division in the operations review are shown at constant exchange rates 
for transactions in relation to the spirits & Liqueurs and Cider divisions and for translation in relation to the group’s sterling 
denominated subsidiaries by restating the prior year at fy10 effective rates. 

applying the realised fy10 fx rates to the reported fy09 revenue and operating profit rebases the comparatives as follows:

year ended 
28 feb 2009  
€m 

hedging 
gains* 
€m 

year ended
  28 feb 2009
constant
currency
total   adjustment  comparative
€m
€m 
€m 

constant 
currency 

Adjusted 

revenue 
Cider – roi 
Cider – gB 
Cider - row 
spirits & Liqueurs 
distribution 

total 

operating profit – before exceptional items
Cider – roi 
Cider – gB 
Cider - row 
spirits & Liqueurs 
distribution 

166.6 
185.2 
35.0 
85.9 
41.7 

514.4 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

166.6 
185.2 
35.0 
85.9 
41.7 

.- 
(21.3) 
(1.3) 
(0.1) 
(3.2) 

166.6
163.9
33.7
85.8
38.5

514.4 

(25.9) 

488.5

44.8 
40.7 
(0.7) 
15.3 
0.3 

.- 
(10.2) 
.- 
.- 
.- 

44.8 
30.5 
(0.7) 
15.3 
0.3 

0.5 
(17.2) 
.- 
0.5 
.- 

45.3
13.3
(0.7)
15.8
0.3

total 

100.4 

(10.2) 

90.2 

(16.2) 

74.0

* the hedging gains relate to a profit of €10.2m realised and accounted for in fy09.

1 8

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
finanCe review

results for the yeAr
C&C is reporting a 16.4% increase in 
revenue to €568.8 million on a constant 
currency basis (10.6% on a reported basis), 
operating profit, before exceptional items, 
of €89.5 million and basic earnings per 
share of 23.2 cent for the financial year 
ended 28 february 2010. this performance 
translates to an operating margin of 15.7%, 
an increase of 0.6 percentage points on the 
margin earned in the financial year ended 
28 february 2009 in constant currency 
terms (3.8 percentage point decline on a 
reported basis).

operating profit before exceptional items 
and excluding the benefit of acquired 
businesses is €83.2 million, a constant 
currency increase of 12.4% on the prior 
year. this represents an operating margin 
of 18.6%, an increase of 3.5 percentage 
points on the operating margin earned in 
the financial year ended 28 february 2009 
in constant currency terms. the acquired 
businesses contributed €6.3 million to 
operating profit in the year.

market conditions in both the irish and uk 
markets remained challenging reflecting 
reduced levels of consumer spending, 
continued shift from on-trade to off-trade, 
and a substantial strengthening of the 
euro against sterling. despite this, the 
group made continued progress towards 
addressing the performance of the 
Bulmers and magners brands, through 
initiatives such as the launch of Bulmers 
Pear in ireland and a 10% reduction in the 
wholesale price of on-trade pint bottles. 
in gB, C&C launched magners Pear and 
completed a re-negotiation of its draught 
distribution contract with molson Coors to 
better align distribution arrangements with 
the group’s increased scope and strength 
in the gB market following the acquisition 
of the tennent’s and gaymers businesses. 
these results are discussed in more detail 
and analysed by business sector in the 
operations review on pages 10 to 18. 

the group recorded free Cash flow, as 
detailed in table 1, of €109.9 million in 
the year representing 103.4% of eBitda. 
despite strong cash generation in the year, 
the group’s net debt increased by 61% as a 
result of financing the acquired businesses 
with debt.

although the group has limited translation 
exposure and a policy of hedging a 
proportion of its us dollar and sterling 
exposures the impact on the group’s 
reported profit from the sharp decline 
in the two currencies during 2010 was 
significant. the average effective foreign 
exchange rates for fy10 were usd:euro 
1.42:1 (2009: 1.41:1) and stg£:euro 
0.82:1 (2009: 0.68:1). the impact of the 
strengthening of the euro on the group’s 
revenue and operating profit is set out in 
the constant currency table on page 18.

exceptionAl items 
the group incurred the following costs 
which due to their nature and materiality 
were accounted for as exceptional items. 

(a)    restructuring costs: comprising 
severance and other initiatives 
arising from cost cutting initiatives 
implemented during the financial year 
and the integration of the acquired 
businesses amounting to €3.8 million. 
as part of the cost cutting programme, 
employment terms and conditions 
were modified, headcount was reduced 
and a pay freeze was implemented with 
wage reductions in certain areas. the 
programme delivered the expected €5 
million savings in fy10.

(b)   retirement benefit obligation income: 
a pension curtailment gain of €3.4 
million, reduced by past service costs of 
€0.3 million, arising from the group’s 
restructuring programme and its 
disposal of the wines & spirits business 
was recognised in the financial year 
and accounted for as an exceptional 
item in continuing activities (€2.2 
million) and discontinued activities 
(€0.9 million).

 (c)   integration costs: the group 

commenced the process of integrating 
the acquired businesses with the 
existing business incurring costs of €1.9 
million which have been classified as 
exceptional on the basis of materiality.

(d)   dilapidations provision: the group 
settled all amounts outstanding in 
relation to dilapidation costs on the 
properties disposed of as part of the 
disposal of the soft drinks business in 
2008 and released the excess provision 
to the income statement.

finAnce costs, income tAx And 
shAreholder returns
the average interest rate on the group’s 
debt was 2% reflecting the reduction 
in variable interest rates experienced 
throughout the year, the average annual 
one month euribor rate fell from 3.9% to 
0.66%. this compares favourably with the 
average interest rate of 4% for the year 
ended 28 february 2009. 

the income tax charge in the year relating 
to continuing activities and excluding 
exceptional items amounted to €8.9 
million giving an effective tax rate of 
10.8%, a marginal improvement on the 
corresponding rate in 2009 of 11.3%. the 
bulk of the group’s taxable profits arise in 
the republic of ireland, which accounts for 
the low effective tax rate. 

subject to shareholder approval, the 
proposed final dividend of 3 cent per 
share will be paid on 1 september 2010 
to ordinary shareholders registered at 
the close of business on 4 June 2010. the 
group’s full year dividend will therefore 
amount to 6 cent per share, a 33% decline 
on the previous year. the proposed full year 
dividend per share will represent a payout 
of 26% (2009: 35%) of the reported adjusted 
diluted earnings per share for the full year. 
a scrip dividend alternative will be available. 

cAsh generAtion
the group generated free Cash flow of 
€109.9 million representing 103.4% of 
eBitda(i) compared with 63.5% for the year 
ended 28 february 2009. the increase in 
free Cash flow is driven by a number of 
factors including:-

-  reduced capital expenditure following 
a prior period of significant capital 
investment;

-   a reduction in financing costs driven by a 

fall in variable interest rates;

-  reduced net taxation payments as a result 
of an overpayment of preliminary tax in the 
prior year and the receipt of r&d tax credits 
relating to the financial years ended 28 
february 2005 to 29 february 2008; and,
-  a positive working capital contribution 

which reflects both organic improvements 
from tightened controls and the positive 
impact from the timing of the acquisition of 
the tennents and gaymers cider businesses 

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

1 9

finanCe review - Continued

which yielded a working capital inflow of 
€30 million in tennent’s, partly offset by 
a working capital outflow in the gaymers 
cider business of €4.2 million as no trade 
receivables were transferred on acquisition.

the free cash inflow in fy09 principally 
reflected low capital investment, working 
capital inflows arising as a result of reduced 
levels of activity in the period and including 
the benefit of reduced apple juice stocks as 
partially offset by a reduction in eBitda and 
a special defined benefit pension scheme 
contribution of €20 million. 

total dividends paid to ordinary 
shareholders in the year amounted to €19 
million of which €14.7 million was paid in 
cash while €4.3 million (22.6%) was settled 
by the issue of new shares. 

a summary cash flow statement is set out 
in table 1.

key liquidity indicAtors
the group continues to have a strong 
balance sheet, fully invested production 
facilities, good cash generation capabilities 
and a committed debt facility of €430 
million, currently fully drawn, which is 
subject to variable interest rates and is not 
due for renewal until may 2012. in addition, 
the group negotiated a new committed 
revolving debt facility of £60 million which 
is denominated in sterling and is repayable 
in instalments commencing on 30 June 
2010 with a final repayment date of 30 
June 2011. this facility is subject to Libor 
interest rates plus a margin of 275bps.

since the year end, the group announced 
an agreement to dispose of its spirits & 
Liqueurs business for a consideration of 
€300 million which will have a significant 
positive impact on the group’s net debt 
to eBitda ratio in fy11 and leaves the 
group well placed to take advantage of any 
acquisition or development opportunities 
which may arise. under the terms of 
the euro debt facility agreement the net 
proceeds, in excess of an agreed deminimus, 
must be applied to repay outstanding 
loans and the available committed facility 
cancelled by that amount. at 28 february 
2010, assuming completion of the disposal 
at that date, the group would have had a pro 
forma net debt:eBitda ratio of 0.6 times.

2 0

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

table 1 – cash flow summary

inflows 
operating profit (i) 
depreciation 
eBitda (ii) 

outflows 
working capital 
net capital expenditure 
net finance costs 
tax paid 
exceptional items paid 
other  

free cash flow 

Proceeds on disposal of subsidiaries 
Proceeds from exercise of share options and issue
of new shares under Joint share ownership Plan 
Cost of acquisitions 
dividends paid in cash 

(increase)/reduction in net debt 

net debt at beginning of year 
translation adjustment 
non cash movement 

2010 
€m 

89.5 
16.8 
106.3 

38.0 
(5.4) 
(7.0) 
(4.7) 
(13.0) 
(4.3) 

109.9 

2.1 

1.5 
(237.7) 
(14.7) 

(138.9) 

(226.2) 
0.6 
(0.4) 

2009
€m

100.5
19.4
119.9

20.5
(18.5)
(11.5)
(10.7)
(0.8)
(22.8)

76.1

12.9

1.8
.-
(60.2)

30.6

(256.2)
(0.3)
(0.3)

net debt at end of year 

(364.9) 

(226.2)

table 2 – key liquidity indicators

Amounts 
market capitalisation at year end 
share price at 28 february  

eBitda (ii) 

net interest paid 

net debt 

ratios 
eBitda/net interest (iii) 

net debt/eBitda 

€m 

€m 

€m 

2010 

2009

861.9 
€2.71 

106.3 

7.0 

364.9 

17.9 

2.8 

296.9
€0.94

119.9

11.5

226.2

10.4

1.9

net debt as percentage of market capitalisation 

42.3% 

76.2%

before exceptional costs and inclusive of discontinued activities

(i) 
(ii)  eBitda: earnings before exceptional items, interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation.
(iii) 

 eBitda is before exceptional items interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and includes eBitda 
generated by the acquired business for the previous 12 months, the pre-acquisition element of which was 
determined on a carve out basis.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
despite a decline in eBitda and an 
increase in net debt the group remains in 
a very strong position in relation to both its 
interest cover and net debt/eBitda ratios. 
an analysis of cash, debt and derivative 
financial instruments including maturing 
profiles is set out in notes 19, 20 and 23.

interest cover remains very strong with 
an fy10 net interest cover of 17.9 times, 
being in excess of fives times the 3.5 times 
minimum cover provided in the group’s 
banking covenants; and the net debt/
eBitda ratio of 2.8 times being lower than 
the 3.5 maximum level specified in the 
aforementioned banking covenants. 

this significantly reduced net debt to 
market capitalisation ratio is primarily 
driven by an increase in the market 
capitalisation of the group which is only 
partially offset by the increase in net debt 
levels. the increase in net debt of €138.7 
million to €364.9 million at the year end 
is largely as a result of the use of debt to 
fund the acquisition of the tennent’s and 
gaymers cider businesses.

retirement benefit obligAtions
in compliance with ifrs, the net assets and 
actuarial liabilities of the various defined 
benefit pension schemes operated by the 
group companies, computed in accordance 
with ias 19, are included on the face of 
the group balance sheet under retirement 
benefit obligations.

at 28 february 2010, the retirement benefit 
obligations on the ias 19 basis amounted 
to €21.2 million gross and €18.4 million net 
of deferred tax (2009: €45.5 million gross 
and €39.7 million net of deferred tax). the 
movement in the deficit is as follows:-

deficit at 1 march 2009 
employer contributions paid  
actuarial gains 
Charge to the income statement 

deficit at 28 february 2010 

€m

45.5
(7.8)
(16.7)
0.2

21.2

the actuarial gains incurred arose 
predominantly as a result of asset returns 
earned being significantly greater than 
those expected. there was also a small 
actuarial gain on the scheme liabilities. 
the lower than anticipated salary and 
inflation increases experienced over 
the year as well as the reduction in the 
future salary inflation assumption for 
the republic of ireland staff scheme, 
from 3.7% to 3.0%, contributed to the 
gain on scheme liabilities. this gain was 
partially reduced by the strengthening of 
the mortality assumption (i.e. an increase 
in life expectancy) and the reduction in 
discount rates. the discount rate used 
to value the liabilities for the northern 
ireland scheme decreased from 6.5% to 
5.75%, while the discount rate used for the 
republic of ireland schemes reduced from 
5.5% to 5.4%.

all other significant assumptions applied 
in the measurement of the group’s 
pension obligations at 28 february 2010 
are consistent with those as applied at 28 
february 2009 and as set out in the group’s 
last annual report.

finAnciAl risk mAnAgement
the financial risks that the group 
is exposed to include interest rate 
movements and foreign currency exchange 
risks. the board of directors set the 
treasury policies and objectives of the 
group, the implementation of which is 
monitored by the audit Committee. details 
of both the policies and control procedures 
to manage the financial risks involved are 
set out in detail in note 23 to the financial 
statements.

interest rate and debt management
the group’s debt is denominated in euro 
and sterling and is based on floating 
interest rates. it is group policy to hedge 
an appropriate portion of this risk and, 
as set out in note 23, at 28 february 2010 
the group has €100 million of its debt 
converted to fixed rates through the use of 
interest rate swap agreements.

future interest rate exposure is partially 
hedged at the following interest rates 
(excluding margin):

expiring on
28 february 2011 
expiring on
31 august 2012 

Amount 
fixed 
€m 

fixed
interest
rate

50.0 

3.45%

50.0 

4.57%

Cash deposits are all invested on a short 
term basis with banks who are members of 
our banking syndicate. 

the group finished the year in a strong 
financial position with its primary euro 
debt facility not maturing until may 2012 
and the sale of the spirits & liqueurs 
business for €300 million further 
enhancing this position.

currency risk management
the group has both a transaction and 
translation exposure to movements in 
foreign currency rates. the effective rate 
for the translation of results from foreign 
currency subsidiaries was €1:£0.89 (fy09: 
€1:£0.82) and the effective rate for the 
translation of foreign currency transactions 
was €1:£0.82 (fy09: €1:£0.68). it is group 
policy not to hedge its translation exposure. 
Currency transaction exposures arise 
mainly on sterling and us dollar sales and 
the group policy is to hedge an appropriate 
portion of this exposure for a period of up 
to 2 years ahead. 

the principal foreign currency forward 
contracts in place at 28 february 2010 are:

stg £: amount  
average fwd rate 

(m) 
(euro:stg) 

us $: amount 
average fwd rate 

(m) 
(euro:us$) 

2011

 30.0
0.91

24.0
1.45

all interest rate swaps and currency 
hedges are based on forecasted exposures 
and meet the requirements of ias 39 to 
qualify as cash flow hedges. the fair value 
of all outstanding hedges at 28 february 
2010 as calculated by reference to current 
market value amounted to a net liability of 
€6.8 million (2009: €3.3 million net asset) 
and this has been included on the balance 
sheet under “derivative financial liabilities”.

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

2 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CorPorate resPonsiBiLity

sustAinAbility 
progrAmme

sustainaBiLity has a maJor infLuenCe on 
the CorPorate resPonsiBiLity agenda for 
many CommerCiaL Businesses. C&C regards 
sustainaBiLity as an oBLigation to its stakehoLders 
– sharehoLders, emPLoyees, suPPLiers, Customers 
and the generaL PuBLiC. ConduCting Business in a 
sustainaBLe way is good for the environment and 
good for the ComPany – it is more Cost effeCtive, 
deLivers added vaLue and stimuLates more 
innovation and Creativity than the aLternative. 

our goal is not only to achieve 
sustainability, but also to maintain and 
improve it in every area of our business. 
this makes good commercial sense, 
regardless of what is happening in the 
economic environment. 

over the last 12 months, C&C 
has made significant strides in its 
sustainability Programme. the focus 
was and continues to be on improving 
our management of, and reducing, 
energy, packaging, water and carbon 
consumption.

energy
in 2008, our Clonmel operation signed a 
three year agreement with sustainable 
energy ireland to reduce energy 
consumption across the business. 
energy initiatives implemented to date 
have resulted in a reduction of 18% in 
energy usage. targets are in place to 
make significant further reductions in 
the year ahead as well as improving 
energy performance continuously. as 
a result, registration to the energy 
standard, is16001, was achieved.

our newly acquired wellpark brewery 
also achieved significant improvements 
on a number of key performance energy 
indicators; water consumption in the 
year reflected a 6.5% improvement 
on the prior year, while electricity 
consumption, achieved by concentrated 
continuous improvement techniques, 
reduced by 9%. the brewery continues 
to better its regulatory targets, 
operating within the european 
emissions trading scheme.

pAckAging
following last year’s success in reducing 
the weight and quantity of glass used 
in the pint bottle, we have continued to 
optimise our packaging initiatives. this 
has resulted in further weight reductions 
in glass, cans and cardboard. the 
weight of the magners 568ml bottle is 
a major success story. we reduced the 
weight by 26% and the product’s carbon 
footprint has fallen by 8%. it is now the 
lightest pint bottle in gB. the new bottle 
has enabled a 10% saving in transport 
to the gB market, which is equivalent 
to taking 600 trucks off the road and 
saving 250,000 road kilometres every 
year. this helps the environment and our 
sustainability Programme goals, while 

also being a good business outcome 
resulting in lower sourcing costs for 
glass, a reduction in shipping costs, and 
savings in the cost of recycling.

the major packaging resource for 
tennent’s Lager is the aluminium 
Can. in the last 5 years a can light-
weighting programme was undertaken 
in partnership with suppliers. four 
reductions in can wall thickness were 
achieved in this period, significantly 
reducing the carbon footprint of the 
product, delivering cost as well as 
environmental benefits. 

wAter
an aquifer protection programme 
was implemented in Clonmel over 
recent years, resulting in successful 
registration to the is432 spring water 
standard. an 8% reduction in water 
usage was achieved at our Clonmel plant 
as a result of improved management of 
our natural resources. 

water consumption at our wellpark 
brewery at 3.46hl/hl produced is 
significantly below the recognised global 
brewing benchmark of 5 hl/hl.

2 2

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

the foCus was and 
Continues to Be 
on imProving our 
management of, and 
reduCing, energy, 
PaCkaging, water and 
CarBon ConsumPtion

during the year, we made a submission 
to the Carbon disclosure Project 
(CdP), an independent not-for-profit 
organisation which holds the largest 
database of primary corporate climate 
change information in the world. it 
gathers and publishes information 
from the top 500 companies listed 
on the stock exchange globally. the 
CdP was launched in ireland during 
2009 and C&C group was one of the 
first companies to be invited to make 
a submission to the project. this was 
done following a corporate and product 
carbon footprint analysis. in 2010, 
C&C will again participate in the CdP 
to include data relating to the newly 
acquired tennent’s business. 

a Carbon reduction team, comprising 
seven people, continues to focus on 
what carbon reductions can be achieved, 
specifically at our Clonmel plant. it 
should also be noted that our orchards 
absorb 40% of our carbon output.

in our newly acquired gaymers business, 
the water efficiency ratio on site; 
although in-line with industry standards, 
has been reduced from 3.0 cubic 
metres of water for every cubic metre 
of finished product to 2.45 cubic metres 
representing an 18% improvement in 
overall water utilisation. the above was 
achieved by water re-use projects, such 
as reclaiming pasteuriser, bottle rinse 
water and minimisation projects on CiP 
systems which incurred minimal capital 
outlay. 

cArbon
C&C group continued to measure 
its corporate and product carbon 
footprint, using the updated Pas2050 
methodology. (the Pas2050 assesses 
the life cycle for greenhouse gas 
emissions of goods and services.) the 
combined effect of our sustainability 
Programme resulted in a 9% reduction 
in the Clonmel plant’s carbon footprint 
during the 2009 calendar year. this 
reduction comes from four core areas: 
gas and electricity reduction, process 
efficiency, improved transport efficiency 
and packaging optimisation. 2010 will 
see the process repeated for tennent’s, 
and this carbon footprint study is already 
underway.

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

2 3

CorPorate resPonsiBiLity - Continued

the t in the Park 
festivaL, sPonsored 
By tennent’s, is the 
Largest CarBon 
neutraL festivaL in 
the worLd

gaymers achieved a reduction of 10,000 
tonnes of Co2 emissions per annum 
over the last three years by investing 
in a two stage project of boiler renewal 
and the installation of a new energy 
efficient juice evaporator. the new fuel 
efficient boilers not only achieved a 
saving on their own of 4,000 tonnes of 
Co2 but also reduced sulphur emissions 
by 114 tonnes along with 14 tonnes of 
nitrous oxide. the evaporation plant can 
now produce the same amount of apple 
concentrates as was previously required, 
but with a 45% less steam consumption 
converting into a carbon saving of 6,000 
tonnes per annum. 

gaymers also promotes good 
environmental practise in the contracted 
orchards supplying cider apples to the 
mill. growers are encouraged to practise 
integrated Pest management (iPm) in 
their orchards. this involves the use of 
carefully timed sprays to minimise usage 
and the impact on beneficial insects. 
Biodiversity is encouraged to make use 
of non-cropping areas in the orchard to 
create havens for and protecting wildlife. 
Pests are controlled by the beneficials 
that populate these areas.

stewley orchard, near taunton, 
somerset, owned by gaymers, is an 
environmental showpiece demonstrating 
how commercial cider apple growing is 
combined with iPm. the orchard has won 
environmental awards and works closely 
with the farming and wildlife group at 
somerset County Council.

the t in the Park festival, sponsored 
by tennent’s, is the largest Carbon 
neutral festival in the world. some of 
the initiatives undertaken to reduce the 
carbon footprint of the festival include 
a stg£0.10 refundable deposit on cups 
aimed at reducing the amount of litter 
and waste onsite and a battery exchange 
and recycling facility.

2 4

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

europeAn supply chAin 
excellence AwArds
the european supply Chain excellence 
awards were launched in 1997. this 
initiative recognises and rewards 
organisations across europe that 
demonstrate excellence in their 
supply chain operations. C&C were 
selected to be one of a small number 
of finalists in the environment category 
at this prestigious awards ceremony, 
held in London in november 2009. 
the environmental category was not 
restricted to food and drink companies, 
also nominated were kellogg Company 
of gB, kimberly-Clark europe, Cisco, 
Corus (in partnership with tdg), 
ProLogis arC, the Pall-ex group of 
Companies and wallenius wilhelmsen 
Logistics. the judges singled out 
C&C and highly commended our 
performance, commenting that:

“  C&C has done an 

enormous amount 
to Change the 
way it oPerates, 
disPLaying Continuous 
imProvement in 
environmentaL 
PerformanCe through 
ConCentrating 
efforts on areas of 
greatest imPaCt. they 
have done more than 
anyone eLse in their 
industry.”

people
after two difficult years, our employees 
continue to be at the heart of our 
organisation, and we remain committed 
to their continual training and 
development. 

wellpark Brewery ran an environment 
and safety awareness day in 2009 for 
all production staff recognising that 
good environmental performance can 
support good business results. this is 
best achieved and sustained through the 
education and engagement of our staff. 
key initiatives where introduced to reduce 
process losses, maximise brewing raw 
material efficiencies and improve the 
recycling of packaging and office waste. 
a 2% improvement in overall process 
efficiency was achieved, reducing the use 
of our natural water and raw material 
resources.

historically, we have excellent 
relationships with the farmers producing 
our apples in Clonmel’s hinterland and 
in northern ireland, and with our local 
communities. these are all vital to the 
success of our group and we remain as 
committed to them as ever. 

new product development
reflecting our commitment to our 
customers, this year represented one of 
the busiest and most successful years for 
new Product development in our history. 
Products developed during the year 
included Bulmers/magners Pear Cider, 
launched in spring 2009, and Bulmers 
Berry, launched in early 2010. Berry will 
be marketed more widely in the year 
ahead. enterprise ireland is supporting 
our nPd programme over a three year 
period, acknowledging that C&C is an 
important indigenous exporting company 
in the irish economy.

gaymers has also had considerable 
success with over the last 2 years. 
despite being relatively late to market, 
gaymers pear cider recorded the fastest 
ever distribution build in this sector, 
gaining 60% distribution in only 12 
weeks. gaymers pear is now the no.2 
pear cider brand, no.1 draught pear in 
the on-trade and has more consumers 
than kopparberg in gB. their range has 
also been expanded with the addition 
of gaymers Berry fruits. only recently 
launched, gaymers Berry fruits has 
already achieved listings in asda, 
morrisons and matthew Clark. 

responsible drinking
tennent’s, as founding members of the 
scottish government alcohol industry 
Partnership is a key contributor to the 
alcohol sponsorship guidelines for 
scotland (launched by shona robison 
msP, minister for Public health - 
feb 2009). the business donated its 
sponsorship rights of the scotland 
u21 team to the scottish government 
“Cashback for Communities” scheme for 
the years 2008 through to 2010 while the 
t in the Park festival, which is sponsored 
by tennent’s, leads the way in partnering 
both the government and others to get 

responsibility messages across in terms 
of drink and drugs with the following 
initiatives:-

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

 www.drinkaware.co.uk: the festival 
incorporates drink awareness 
messages on all event marketing 
materials and consumer facing 
communications, not just those 
produced by tennent’s. in July 2009, 
tennent’s included alcohol unit 
information on 400,000 event cups.
 ch21 logo: the application of a 
nationally recognized scheme that 
asks for proof of age if consumer 
appears under 21. 
 Advertising space: tennent’s annually 
donates 50% of contracted on site 
advertising space to drinkaware trust 
and the Portman group including 
the large screens alongside the main 
stage and the radio 1 / nme stage 
(4x30 sec executions /day).
 pre-order facility (be - chilled): 2008 
saw the introduction of a facility for 
consumers camping at the festival 
to pre-order and collect chilled 
tennent’s Lager (4pk,12pk & 24pk) 
which encouraged trading down, 4pks 
were the most popular pack size over 
the weekend. the initiative was pre-
promoted in advance of the weekend, 
with all communications carrying 
responsible drinking messages 
including emphasis on eating 
(healthy t) and alternating drinks 
with water.
 free water: in association with 
scottish water t in the Park provides 
free drinking water across the festival 
site via stand-pipes.

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

2 5

Board of direCtors

1.

5.

9.

2.

6.

3.

7.

4.

8.

10.

11.

2 6

C & C   g r o u P   P L C

1. tony o’brien*
group chAirmAn
tony o’Brien (73) became group 
Chairman in January 2002, having 
been Chief executive of the group for 
the previous 21 years. he is a former 
non-executive director of Crh plc and 
is a former chairman of anglo irish 
Bank Corporation plc. he is also a past 
president of the irish Business and 
employers Confederation. he is currently 
Chairman of the review Body on higher 
remuneration in the Public sector.

2. John dunsmore
chief executive officer
John dunsmore (51) was appointed Chief 
executive officer in november 2008. 
he is a former group Chief executive of 
scottish & newcastle Plc. he is also a 
non-executive director of fuller smith & 
turner Plc.

3. stephen glAncey
chief operAting officer And 
group finAnce director
stephen glancey (49) was appointed 
Chief operating officer in november 
2008 and group finance director in may 
2009. a chartered accountant, he is a 
former group operations director of 
scottish & newcastle Plc.

4. kenny neison
group strAtegy director
kenny neison (40) joined the group in 
november 2008 and was appointed to 
the Board as group strategy director 
and head of investor relations in 
november 2009. he previously held a 
number of senior financial positions in 
scottish & newcastle plc, including uk 
finance director and finance director 
for western europe.

5. John burgess*
John Burgess (59) became a non-
executive director of the group in 
January 1999 following the leveraged 
buy-out of the group by funds advised 
by BC Partners, and was re-appointed 
a non-executive director on flotation 
in april 2004. he joined BC Partners in 
1986 as one of the founding partners and 
was a partner there until his retirement 
in 2006. 

6. liAm fitzgerAld*
Liam fitzgerald (45) was appointed as 
a non-executive director of the group 
in april 2004. he has been a director 
of united drug plc since 1996 and has 
served as its Chief executive since 2000. 

7. John hogAn*
John hogan (69) was appointed as a 
non-executive director of the group in 
april 2004. he was the managing partner 
of ernst & young in ireland between 1994 
and 2000 and was a member of its global 
board. he is currently a non-executive 
director of abbey plc, Butterfield 
umbrella funds plc, Prudential 
international assurance plc, and other 
private companies.

8. richArd holroyd*
richard holroyd (63) was appointed as 
a non-executive director of the group 
in april 2004. he is currently a non-
executive director of otto weibel ag and 
was a member of the uk Competition 
Commission from september 2001 
to april 2010. he was previously 
the managing director of Colmans 
of norwich and head of the global 
marketing futures department of shell 
international.

9. philip lynch*
Philip Lynch (64) was appointed as a 
non-executive director of the group in 
april 2004. he is the Chief executive of 
one51 plc and the irish agricultural 
wholesale society Limited; a non-
executive director of fBd holdings plc; 
and Chairman of the national Paediatric 
hospital development Board. 

10. breege o’donoghue*
Breege o’donoghue (66) was appointed 
as a non-executive director of the group 
in april 2004. she is an executive director 
of Penneys/Primark. she is Chair of 
the Labour relations Commission; a 
member of the outside appointments 
Board of the Code of standards and 
Behaviour for the Civil service; a 
member of the foundation of the 
national university of ireland, maynooth; 
a trustee of iBeC; and was previously a 
director of an Post and aer rianta.

11. sir briAn stewArt*
Brian stewart (65) was appointed as a 
non-executive director of the group in 
march 2010 and, subject to his election 
at the annual general meeting in august 
2010, will be appointed Chairman of 
the group. he is a former Chairman 
of standard Life plc and both a former 
chairman and chief executive of scottish 
& newcastle plc. he is currently 
Chairman of miller group, the housing, 
property and construction group. 

* non-executive

boArd committees
Audit committee
John hogan (Chairman)
Liam fitzgerald
richard holroyd

nomination committee
tony o’Brien (Chairman)
John Burgess 
Philip Lynch
Breege o’donoghue
sir Brian stewart

remuneration committee
Philip Lynch (Chairman)
Liam fitzgerald
richard holroyd
sir Brian stewart

a n n u a L   r e P o r t   &   a C C o u n t s   2 0 1 0

2 7

DiRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present the annual report and audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 28 
February 2010.

PrinciPal activities, business review and future develoPments
The Group’s principal trading activity is the production, marketing and selling of cider, beer, spirits and liqueurs.

During the year the Group acquired the Tennent’s beer business from AB inBev and the Gaymer Cider business from 
Constellation Europe. On 30 April 2010, the Group announced the disposal, subject to shareholder approval, of its Spirits & 
Liqueurs business. This disposal is expected to complete on 30 June 2010. 

The information to be included with respect to the review of the business and future developments as required by section 13 of 
the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986 is contained in the Operations Review on pages 10 to 18.

results
Revenue on a continuing basis at €568.8m was 10.6 % higher than 2009 (2009:€514.4m). Profit before exceptional items and 
finance costs amounted to €89.5m (2009:€100.4m), a decrease of 10.9% on the previous year. The Group earned a profit for the 
year of €73.5m after accounting for exceptional items and including profit from discontinued activities, giving rise to a basic 
earnings per share of 23.2c compared with a basic loss per share in 2009 of 19.4c. Diluted earnings per share from continuing 
operations amounted to 21.9c compared with a diluted loss per share of 19.7c in the previous year.

The financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2010 are set out on pages 47 to 103.

dividends
An interim dividend of 3.0c per share was paid in December 2009. Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, it is 
proposed to pay a final ordinary dividend of 3.0c per share to shareholders who are registered at close of business on 4 June 
2010.

board of directors
There were a number of changes to the membership of the Board during the year.

Brendan Dwan left the Board on 1 May 2009 and John Holberry left the Board on 31 August 2009. 

Kenny Neison was appointed to the Board on 10 November 2009. Sir Brian Stewart was appointed to the Board as Chairman 
Designate on 9 March 2010. As this will be the first Annual General Meeting since their appointment, they retire in accordance 
with the Articles of Association and being eligible offer themselves for election.

Tony O’Brien will retire as Chairman and a director after the Annual General Meeting on 5 August 2010.

To comply with the provision of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance that Non-Executive Directors may serve more than 
nine years, subject to annual re-election, John Burgess retires, and being eligible, offers himself for re-election. Liam FitzGerald 
retires by rotation in accordance with the Articles of Association, and being eligible, offers himself for re-election.

directors, secretary and their interests
information in relation to the beneficial and non-beneficial interests in the share capital of Group companies held by the Directors 
and Secretary who held office at 28 February 2010 is contained within the Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 39 to 43.

research and develoPment
Certain Group undertakings are engaged in ongoing research and development aimed at improving processes and expanding 
product ranges. Further information in relation to product development is contained in the Corporate Responsibility Statement on 
page 25.

PrinciPal risks and uncertainties
Under irish company law (Statutory instrument 116.2005 European Communities (international Financial Reporting Standards 
and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005), the Group and Company are required to give a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties which they face.

The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group’s businesses are set out below:

• 

 Demand for the Group’s products is strongly influenced by economic conditions in its principal markets of ireland, the United 
Kingdom, and to a lesser extent the US and Eastern Europe. A prolonged recession in these markets could have an adverse 
impact on Group sales and profitability.

2 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 The success of Group will partly depend on successfully integrating the operations and technologies of the newly acquired 
Tennent’s and Gaymers businesses into that of the existing businesses; and achieving revenue and cost synergies in the combined 
businesses. This integration process is complex and may take longer than anticipated, and some of the anticipated synergies may 
not materialise. Additionally the Group is partially reliant on third parties for the successful integration of iT systems. 

 The markets in which the Group operates are highly competitive and changing and include significant global participants. The 
entry of new competitors into the Group’s markets, a change in the level of marketing undertaken by competitors or in their 
pricing policies, the consolidation of the Group’s competitors and/or the introduction of new competing products or brands 
could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s market share, sales volumes, revenue and profits.

 The Group sells its products to on-trade and off-trade multiples, and also wholesalers for resale to on-trade outlets. Any 
consolidation of the Group’s customers could increase the buying and negotiating strength of these customers, which could 
force the Group to lower its prices, with a material adverse effect on the Group’s revenue and profits. The decline in the 
number of, and revenue from, on-trade premises in ireland and the United Kingdom, and the general increase in the relative 
size of the off-trade versus the on-trade, may impact profitability. 

 Consumer preferences may change and demand for existing products may decline or be replaced by other products, and 
unless the Group addresses these changes through introducing new products, sales volumes and profitability may decline.

 The Group’s cider divisions are impacted by seasonal fluctuations in demand with demand highest during the summer 
months. An unseasonably bad summer, particularly in ireland and the UK, could have an adverse impact on the Group’s sales 
volumes, revenue and profits. 

 The Group’s operations involve the sale and purchase of goods denominated in currencies other than the euro, principally 
pounds sterling and the US dollar. As a result, fluctuations between the value of the euro and these currencies may have an 
adverse effect on the revenue and profits of the Group. increases in interest rates may also impact profitability.

 The Group may not be able to fulfil the demand for its products due to circumstances such as the loss of a production or 
storage facility or disruptions to its supply chains. This would affect sales volumes and profitability. 

 The Group may be adversely affected by government regulations including changes in excise duty on cider in the UK and 
ireland and restrictions on alcohol advertising.

 The Group is subject to stringent environmental, health and safety and food safety laws and regulations which could result in 
increased compliance or remediation costs which would adversely affect profitability. Additionally failures to comply with all 
legislation could lead to prosecutions and damage to the Group’s brands and reputation. 

 The Group is vulnerable to contamination of its products or base raw materials, whether accidental, natural or malicious. 
Contamination could result in recall of the Group’s products, the Group being unable to sell its products, damage to brand 
image, negative consumer perception or civil or criminal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s 
reputation, sales volumes, revenue and profits. 

The Group considers the impact of the general weak economic conditions on its markets in Great Britain and ireland, particularly 
in the on-trade, as being the most significant risk to its results and operations over the short term. The complex challenges 
presented by the integration of the two new acquisitions add to the scale of these risks.

financial risk management
As required by irish company law, (Statutory instrument 765.2004) the financial risk management objectives and policies of the 
Company and the Group, including hedging activities and the exposure of the Company and the Group to financial risk, are set out 
in the Finance Review on pages 19 to 21 and note 23 to the financial statements on pages 90 to 97.

accounting records
The Directors believe that they have complied with the requirements of Section 202 of the Companies Act, 1990 with regard to 
books of account by employing accounting personnel with appropriate expertise and by providing adequate resources to the 
finance function. The books of account of the Company are maintained at Group offices in Clonmel, Co. Tipperary.

Post balance sheet events
On 30 April 2010, the Group announced that it had agreed to sell the Spirits & Liqueurs business to William Grant & Sons 
Holdings Ltd. for a cash consideration of €300m. The disposal is subject to C&C shareholder approval and an extraordinary 
general meeting will be held on 17 June 2010 for this purpose. The proceeds will be applied towards debt reduction and general 
corporate purposes.

Political donations
No political donations were made by the Group during the year which require disclosure in accordance with the Electoral Acts, 
1997 to 2002.

corPorate governance
Under irish company law (Statutory instrument 450.2009 European Communities (Directive 2006/46/EC) Regulations 2009), the 
Company is required to present a corporate governance statement. This statement is contained in the Directors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance on pages 32 to 38. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

2 9

DiRECTORS’ REPORT - CONTiNUED

directors’ remuneration
The Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration is set out on pages 39 to 43. The Board has decided to 
present this report to shareholders at the annual general meeting for the purposes of a non-binding advisory vote. This is in line 
with international best practice and the Board believes that this will give shareholders an opportunity to express their views on 
Directors’ remuneration.

substantial holdings
As at 28 May 2010, the following shareholders have notified the Company as to their interest in 3% or more of the share capital of 
the Company.

name 
Capital Research & Management Company 
invesco Plc. 
Oppenheimer Funds inc. 

%
6.4
5.9
3.9

As far as the Company is aware, other than as stated above, no other person or company has an interest in 3% or more of the 
share capital of the Company.

share Price
The share price at 28 February 2010 was €2.71 (2009: €0.94). The price of the Company’s ordinary shares ranged between €0.90 
and €3.20 during the year. 

auditor
in accordance with Section 160(2) of the Companies Act, 1963, the auditor, KPMG, Chartered Accountants, will continue in office.

issue of shares and Purchase of own shares
At the Annual General Meeting held on 28 August 2009, the Directors received a general authority to allot shares. Authority 
was also granted to Directors to allot shares for cash otherwise than in accordance with statutory pre-emption rights. Special 
resolutions will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 5 August 2010 to allot shares to a nominal amount 
which is equal to approximately one-third of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company. in addition, a resolution will also 
be proposed to allow the Directors allot shares for cash otherwise than in accordance with statutory pre-emption rights up to an 
aggregate nominal value which is equal to approximately 5% of the nominal value of the issued share capital of the Company, and 
in the event of a rights issue. if granted, these authorities will expire at the conclusion of next year’s annual general meeting or 4 
November 2011, whichever is the earlier. The Directors have currently no intention to issue shares pursuant to these authorities 
except for issues of ordinary shares under the Company’s share option plans and the Company’s scrip dividend scheme. 
An ordinary resolution will also be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to renew the authority of Directors to offer 
shareholders the choice of receiving scrip dividends as an alternative to receiving dividends in cash. This authority, if granted, will 
be for a period of five years.

At the Annual General Meeting held on 28 August 2009 authority was granted to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s Ordinary 
Shares. No shares were purchased by the Company in the year under review.

Special resolutions will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 5 August 2010 to renew the authority of the 
Company, or any of its subsidiaries, to purchase up to 10% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares in issue at the date of the Annual 
General Meeting and in relation to the maximum and minimum prices at which Treasury Shares (effectively shares purchased 
and not cancelled) may be re-issued off-market by the Company. if granted, the authorities will expire on the earlier of the date 
of the Annual General Meeting in 2011 or 4 February 2012. The minimum price which may be paid for shares purchased by the 
Company shall not be less than the nominal value of the shares and the maximum price will be 105% of the average market price 
of such shares over the preceding five days. The Directors will only exercise the power to purchase shares if they consider it to be 
in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 

Options to subscribe for a total of 5,307,300 Ordinary Shares are outstanding, representing 1.59% of the issued ordinary share 
capital. if the authority to purchase Ordinary Shares was used in full, the options would represent 1.77% of the issued ordinary 
share capital. The Company currently has an issued share capital of 334,068,149 ordinary shares of €0.01 each and an authorised 
share capital of 800,000,000 ordinary shares of €0.01 each.

Under the terms of the C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan (further information is contained in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 39 to 43) the Company has issued 16m ordinary shares which are held jointly 
by an Employee Benefit Trust and the individual executives, and are accounted for as Treasury Shares. These shares are however 
included in the calculation of Total Voting Rights for the purposes of Regulation 20 of the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) 
Regulations 2007.

3 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
takeover bids directive (statutory instrument 255.2006 euroPean communities (takeover bids (directive 
2004/25/ec)) regulations 2006)
Details of the Company’s capital structure can be found in note 24 to the financial statements on pages 98 to 99. Details of the 
rights attaching to shares, and the deadlines for exercising voting rights, are set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on 
pages 32 to 38. Details of Employee Share Schemes, and the rights attaching to shares held in these schemes, can be found in 
note 4 to the Financial Statements on pages 67 to 69 and the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration 
on pages 39 to 43. Details of the rights attaching to shares issued under the Joint Share Ownership Plan are set out in the of the 
Report of Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 39 to 43. Details of the powers of directors to issue 
and buy back shares are set out in the previous paragraph. Details of agreements to which the Company is party to, and which 
contain change of control provisions, are contained in note 19. The change of control provisions relating to the Executive Share 
Option Scheme and the Joint Share Ownership Plan are set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors 
remuneration on pages 39 to 43. 

annual general meeting
Your attention is drawn to the letter to shareholders and the notice of meeting accompanying this report which set out details of 
the matters which will be considered at the Annual General Meeting.

on behalf of the board

tony o’brien
John dunsmore 
Directors

25 May 2010

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

3 1

DiRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

corPorate governance
The Directors are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance. This statement sets out how the 
principles outlined in the Combined Code on Corporate Governance (June 2008) (the “Code”) have been applied by the Group.

board of directors
role
The Board is responsible for the overall leadership and control of the Group. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved to 
the Board for decision. This includes approval of Group strategic plans, annual budgets, financial statements, significant capital 
expenditure items, major acquisitions and disposals, changes to capital structure, Board appointments, and the review of the 
Group’s corporate governance arrangements and system of internal control.

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate with a clear division of responsibility between them, which is set out 
in writing and approved by the Board. The Board delegates responsibility for the management of the Group through the Chief 
Executive to executive management. The Board also delegates some of its responsibilities to Board Committees, details of which 
are set out below.

individual Directors may seek independent professional advice at the Company’s expense, where they judge it necessary to 
discharge their responsibilities as Directors.

The Group has a policy in place which indemnifies the Directors in respect of legal action taken against them.

membership
At 28 February 2010, the Board comprised of ten Directors, three executive and seven non-executive Directors (including the 
Chairman). Since the year end, a further non-executive Director has been appointed, so that the Board now comprises eleven 
Directors, of which eight are non-executive Directors. The Board considers that, between them, the Directors bring a range of 
skills, knowledge and experience necessary to lead the Group. Their biographical details are set out on page 27.

it is Board policy that at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, shall consist of independent non-executive Directors.

All of the Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources, key appointments and 
standards. The Board has determined that each of the non-executive Directors is independent. in reaching that conclusion, 
the Board considered the principles relating to independence contained in the Combined Code and the guidance provided by a 
number of shareholder voting agencies. Those principles and guidance address a number of factors that might appear to affect 
the independence of Directors, including former service as an executive, extended service to the Board and cross-directorships. 
However, they also make clear that a Director may be considered independent notwithstanding the presence of one or more 
of these factors. This reflects the Board’s view that independence is determined by a Director’s character. in the case of John 
Burgess, the Board considered his length of service; and in the case of Sir Brian Stewart, the Board considered his previous 
chairmanship of Scottish & Newcastle plc; and in both cases the Board was satisfied that the independence of these directors 
was not compromised.

chairman
Tony O’Brien has been Chairman of the Group since January 2002, and was re-appointed on flotation in 2004. He will resign as 
Chairman, and as a director, after the annual general meeting on 5 August 2010 and will be replaced as Chairman by Sir Brian 
Stewart, subject to his election at the meeting. The Chairman is responsible for the efficient and effective working of the Board. 
He is responsible for ensuring that the Board considers the key strategic issues facing the Group and that the Directors receive 
accurate, timely, relevant and clear information. He also ensures that there is effective communication with shareholders.

senior independent director
Richard Holroyd was appointed Senior independent Director in July 2007. He is available to shareholders who have concerns, for 
which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director, has failed to resolve or for which 
such contact is inappropriate. He is also available to meet major shareholders on request.

company secretary
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board. All Directors have access to the Company 
Secretary who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with. The Company Secretary is 
Sinead Gillen, who replaced Noreen O’Kelly on 1 April 2010.

terms of appointment
The non-executive Directors are engaged under the terms of a letter of appointment. Other than Tony O’Brien, whose term is not 
fixed, each appointment is for an initial period of three years with each non-executive Director normally expected to serve two 
terms of three years. A copy of the standard letter of appointment is available on request from the Company Secretary.

3 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

retirement and re-election
At least one-third of Directors must retire at each annual general meeting and all Directors must submit themselves for re-
election at least every three years. Directors appointed by the Board must submit themselves for election at the first annual 
general meeting following their appointment.

induction and development
All new Directors are provided with extensive briefing materials on the Group’s operations, management and governance 
structure. These include visits to Group businesses and briefings with senior management as appropriate. Ongoing briefings and 
meetings with management are also held on a regular basis. 

meetings
it is Board policy to meet not less than six times a year. The Board will also meet at other times as it considers appropriate. The 
Board usually makes at least one visit a year to one of the operating subsidiaries. in addition the Board normally spends one day 
a year reviewing the Group’s strategy. During the year under review there were seven scheduled meetings of the Board. Details of 
Directors’ attendance at these scheduled meetings are set out in the table on page 38. Further meetings took place throughout 
the year. in addition, at least one meeting a year provides an opportunity for non-executive Directors and the Chairman to meet 
without the executive Directors present, and a further one meeting a year provides an opportunity for the Senior independent 
Director and the other non-executive Directors to meet without the Chairman being present.

The Chairman sets the agenda for each meeting in consultation with the Chief Executive and Company Secretary. The agenda and 
Board papers, which provide the Directors with relevant information to enable them fully consider the agenda items in advance, 
are circulated prior to each meeting. Directors are encouraged to participate in debate and constructive challenge.

Performance evaluation
The Board periodically reviews and appraises its own performance.

The Chairman conducts an annual review of corporate governance and the operation and performance of the Board and its 
Committees. He also conducts one to one discussions each year with each Director to assess his/her individual performance. 
Performance is assessed against a number of criteria, including his/her contribution to board and committee meetings; time 
commitments; contribution to strategic developments; and relationships with other Directors and management. 

The Senior independent Director and the other non-executive Directors review the Chairman’s performance each year.

remuneration
Details of remuneration paid to Directors (executive and non-executive) are set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee 
on pages 39 to 43. This report will be presented to shareholders for the purposes of a non-binding advisory vote at the Annual 
general meeting on 5 August 2010. 

share ownership and dealing
Details of Directors’ shareholdings are set out on page 43.

The Group has a policy on dealing in shares that applies to all Directors and senior management. This policy adopts the terms 
of the Model Code as set out in the Listing Rules published by the UK Listing Authority and the irish Stock Exchange. Under 
this policy, Directors are required to obtain clearance from the Chairman before dealing. Directors and senior management are 
prohibited from dealing in C&C shares during designated close periods and at any other time when the individual is in possession 
of inside information (as defined by the Market Abuse (Directive 2003/6/EC) Regulations). 

committees
The Board has established three permanent committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. These are the Audit 
Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Ad-hoc committees are formed from time to time to 
deal with specific matters.

Each of the permanent Board Committees has terms of reference under which authority is delegated to them by the Board. These 
terms of reference are available on request from the Company Secretary. Minutes of all Committee meetings are circulated to the 
entire Board.

The current membership of each committee is set out on page 27. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 38.

The Chairman of each committee attends the Annual General Meeting and is available to answer questions from shareholders.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

3 3

DiRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - CONTiNUED

audit committee
The Audit Committee comprises only non-executive Directors. it meets a minimum of four times a year. During the year under 
review it met eleven times. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 38.

The Committee has determined that John Hogan, who also chairs the Committee, is the Audit Committee financial expert. 

The Finance Director attends Committee meetings as appropriate, while the external auditor attends as required and has direct 
access to the Committee Chairman.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

• 

• 

• 

 monitoring the integrity and fairness of the financial statements of the Group, including the annual report, half yearly report, 
interim management statements, preliminary results and other trading statements;

reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and risk management systems;

reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;

•  making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment and removal of the Group’s external auditor;

•  evaluating the performance of the external auditor including their independence and objectivity;

• 

reviewing the annual internal and external audit plans;

•  ensuring compliance with the Group’s policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor.

The Committee discharged its obligations during the year as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Committee reviewed the trading statements issued by the Company in July 2009 and August 2009;

the Committee reviewed the Financial Report for six months ended 31 August 2009 prior to its release in October 2009;

the Committee reviewed the interim Management Statements issued in May 2009 and January 2010;

the Committee reviewed the external audit plan presented by the external auditor in advance of the audit;

 the Committee reviewed the preliminary results announcement and the annual report and financial statements. it reviewed 
the post-audit report from the external auditor identifying any accounting or judgemental issues requiring its attention;

the Committee approved the annual internal audit plan and received internal audit reports;

the Committee considered whether or not to recommend the re-appointment of the external auditor; and

the Committee also reviewed its Terms of Reference during the year.

The Group has a policy in place governing the conduct of non-audit work by the external auditor. Under this policy the auditor is 
prohibited from performing services where the auditor:

•  may be required to audit his/her own work;

•  would participate in activities that would normally be undertaken by management;

• 

is remunerated through a “success fee” structure;

•  acts in an advocacy role for the Group.

Other than the above, the Group does not impose an automatic ban on the external auditor undertaking non-audit work. The 
engagement of the external auditor in non-audit work must be pre-approved by the Committee or entered into pursuant to pre-
approved policies and procedures established by the Committee.

Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor during the year for audit and other services are set out in the notes to the 
financial statements on page 66.

nomination committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Group Chairman and its constitution requires it to consist of a majority of non-
executive Directors. it meets a minimum of twice a year and has met twice in the period under review. Attendance at meetings 
held is set out in the table on page 38.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

• 

 reviewing the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience) required of the Board and 
making recommendations regarding any changes in order to ensure that the composition of the Board and its Committees is 
appropriate to the Group’s needs;

•  overseeing succession planning for the Board and senior management;

•  establishing processes for the identification of suitable candidates for appointment to the Board;

•  making recommendations to the Board on membership of Board Committees.

3 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

The Committee is empowered to use the services of independent consultants to facilitate the search for suitable candidates for 
appointment as non-executive Directors.

During the year under review, the Chairman, Tony O’Brien, indicated his desire to retire. As a result the Committee commenced 
a search for a new Chairman and a sub-committee was formed to lead this process. An external recruitment consultant was 
engaged to identify and approach suitable candidates. A shortlist of external candidates was met by the sub-committee and 
assessed on agreed criteria. After these deliberations, the sub-committee recommended the appointment of Sir Brian Stewart as 
chairman designate, due to his extensive knowledge of the European drinks industry; and his experience in leading and chairing 
FTSE 100 companies. 

The Nomination Committee unanimously endorsed this recommendation to the Board. The Nomination Committee and the Board 
considered his former chairmanship of Scottish & Newcastle plc, the former employer of the three executive directors, but did not 
believe that this impacted his independence and fully supported his nomination. 

remuneration committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises solely of non-executive Directors. it meets at least twice a year and has met four times 
in the period under review. Attendance at meetings held is set out in the table on page 38.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

•  making recommendations to the Board on the Group’s policy for executive remuneration;

•  determining the remuneration of the executive Directors and senior management;

•  monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management and trends across the Group;

• 

• 

reviewing the design of all share incentive plans;

 approving any grant of options or awards under the Executive Share Option Plan, the Long Term incentive Plan, the Joint 
Share Ownership Plan and other share plans;

•  overseeing the preparation of the Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration (see pages 39 to 43).

The Committee receives advice from leading independent firms on compensation and benefits consultants when necessary. The 
Chairman and Chief Executive are fully consulted about all remuneration proposals.

in the period under review, the Committee determined the remuneration packages for all new senior management appointments; 
the termination arrangements of the retiring executive Director; and the salaries and bonuses of serving executive Directors and 
senior management. it reviewed the remuneration of management across the Group and approved the award of share options 
and other share awards to executive Directors and management. it also approved the issue of the remaining 3.2m shares which 
were available under the C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan, approved by shareholders in December 2008.

communications with shareholders
The Group attaches considerable importance to shareholder communications and has an established investor relations 
programme.

There is regular dialogue with institutional investors with presentations given to investors at the time of the release of Group 
results and when other significant announcements are made. Trading Statements were issued in July 2009 and August 2009. 
interim Management Statements were issued in May 2009 and January 2010. The Board is briefed regularly on the views and 
concerns of institutional shareholders.

The Group’s website www.candcgroupplc.com provides the full text of the annual report and financial statements, the interim 
report and other releases. News releases are also made available immediately after release to the Stock Exchange. Presentations 
given to investors and at conferences are also available on the website. 

general meetings
The Company operates under the irish Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. These Acts provide for two types of shareholder meetings: 
the annual general meeting (‘AGM’) with all other meetings being called extraordinary general meetings (‘EGM’).

The Company must hold a general meeting in each year as its AGM in addition to any other general meetings held in that year. 
Not more than 15 months may elapse between the date of one AGM and the next. An AGM was held on 28 August 2009, and 
this year’s AGM will be held on 5 August 2010. The Directors may at any time call an EGM. EGMs may also be convened on the 
requisition of members holding not less than five per cent of the voting share capital of the Company. An EGM was held on 25 
September 2009 to seek shareholder approval for the acquisition of the Tennent’s business, as required under Stock Exchange 
regulations. An EGM will be held on 17 June 2010 to seek shareholder approval for the disposal of the Spirits & Liqueurs 
business as required under Stock Exchange regulations. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

3 5

DiRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - CONTiNUED

in the case of an AGM or a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution, at least twenty-one days’ notice of a meeting is 
required to be given to shareholders. in any other case at least fourteen days’ notice is required. in accordance with Combined 
Code recommendations, the annual report (if required) and the notice of annual general meeting are sent to shareholders at least 
20 working days before the AGM.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to 
business. Three members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum.

Only those shareholders registered on the Company’s register of members at the prescribed record date, being a date not more 
than 48 hours before the general meeting to which it relates, are entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting.

The Acts require that resolutions of the general meeting be passed by the majority of votes cast (ordinary resolution) unless the 
Acts or the Company’s Articles of Association provide for 75% majority of votes cast (special resolution). The Company’s articles 
of association provide that the chairman has a casting vote in the event of a tie. 

Any shareholder who is entitled to attend, speak and vote at a general meeting is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and 
vote on his behalf. A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

At meetings, unless a poll is demanded, all resolutions are determined on a show of hands, with every shareholder who is 
present in person or by proxy having one vote. On a poll every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one 
vote for each share of which he/she is the holder. A shareholder need not cast all votes in the same way. At the meeting, after 
each resolution has been dealt with, details are given of the level of proxy votes lodged for and against that resolution and also 
the level of votes withheld on that resolution. 

The Company’s AGM gives shareholders the opportunity to question the directors. The Company must answer any question a 
member asks relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting unless: answering the question would interfere unduly with 
the preparation for the general meeting or the confidentiality and business interests of the Company; the answer has already 
been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or it appears to the Chairman of the meeting that it is undesirable 
in the interests of good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

The business of the Company is managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company unless they are 
required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting. Matters reserved to shareholders in general meeting include 
the election of directors; the payment of dividends; the appointment of the external auditor; amendments to the articles of 
association; measures to increase or reduce the share capital; and the authority to issue shares. 

memorandum and articles of association
At the AGM to be held on 5 August 2010, two special resolutions will be proposed, to reflect the implementation of the 
Shareholders Rights (Directive 2007/36/EC) Regulations 2009 (the “Regulations”).

The Regulations have increased the standard notice period for general meetings of the Company to 21 days, the period that is 
in any event and will continue to be applicable to an annual general meeting or to a meeting to consider any special resolution 
(a resolution which requires a 75% majority vote, not a simple majority). The Company is currently able to call any other general 
meetings on 14 days’ notice. The Regulations envisage that on an annual basis a company may pass a resolution such as this, to 
preserve its ability to utilise, where appropriate, this shorter notice period. The Directors consider that it is in the interests of the 
Company to retain this flexibility, and Resolution 14 seeks such approval. The approval will be effective until the Company’s next 
annual general meeting, when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed. As a matter of policy, the 14 day notice 
period will only be utilised where the Directors believe that it is merited by the business of the meeting and the circumstances 
surrounding the business.

Resolution 15 will be proposed as a special resolution to amend the Company’s Articles of Association in order to reflect 
certain provisions of the Companies Acts (as amended by the Regulations) relating to proxies, general meetings and electronic 
communications. in summary, the principal proposed changes to the Articles of Association which would take effect upon 
Resolution 15 being adopted would: (a)  permit the appointment of proxies electronically and regulate generally electronic 
communications to and from the Company; (b)  permit shareholders to appoint more than one proxy in the circumstances 
prescribed by the Regulations; and (c)  allow for the fixing of a voting record date and time which shall determine the eligibility of 
shareholders to participate and vote at the shareholders’ meeting.

A copy of the Articles of Association of the Company showing the amendments that would be made if Resolutions 14 and 15 were 
adopted is available at www.candcgroupplc.com and may also be inspected at the registered office of the Company.

3 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

corPorate social resPonsibility
Corporate social responsibility is embedded throughout the Group. Group policies and activities are summarised on pages 22 to 
25, and are available on the Group’s website www.candcgroupplc.com.

internal control
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control, for reviewing its effectiveness and for confirming 
that there is a process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks for the achievement of the Group’s 
strategic objectives. This system of internal control can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The process which has been in place for the entire period accords with the Turnbull Guidance (revised 
guidance published in October 2005) and involves the Board considering the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the nature and extent of the key risks facing the Group;

the likelihood of these risks occurring;

the impact on the Group should these risks occur;

the actions being taken to manage these risks to the desired level.

There is also a co-ordinated risk and control self-assessment in each business unit, the results of which are reported to the audit 
committee.

The risks facing the Group are reviewed regularly by management and the Audit Committee of the Board whose terms of 
reference require it to conduct an annual assessment of internal control.

in accordance with the process outlined above, the Board confirms that it has conducted a review of the internal control systems 
in operation.

The key elements of the internal control system in operation are as follows:

•  clearly defined organisation structures and lines of authority;

• 

 corporate policies for financial reporting, treasury and financial risk management, information technology and security, 
project appraisal and corporate governance;

•  annual budgets for all operating units, identifying key risks and opportunities;

•  monitoring of performance against budgets on a weekly basis and reporting thereon to the Directors on a monthly basis;

•  an internal audit function which reviews key business processes and controls; and

•  an audit committee which approves plans and deals with significant control issues raised by internal or external audit.

comPliance
The Group has complied with the Code during the period under review, save in the following respects:-

Brendan Dwan, who left the Board in May 2009, was an employee of the Group for many years, and had a service contract which 
pre-dated the Company’s admission to listing in May 2004, and did not specify a notice period. it was therefore terminable on 
reasonable notice, which due to his length of service extended beyond one year. 

The notice periods of all executive Directors, appointed since 2004, do not exceed one year. 

going concern
The risks and uncertainties facing the Group are set out in this report on pages 28 to 29 The financial position of the Group, its 
cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are set out are set out in the Finance Report on pages 19 to 21. A description 
of the business of the Group is set out in the Chief Executive’s Report and Operating Review on pages 6 to 18. 

The Group has significant revenues, a large number of customers and suppliers across different geographies, and considerable 
financial resources. For these reasons, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, 
have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Consequently they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

3 7

DiRECTORS’ STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - CONTiNUED

attendance at meetings
Attendance at scheduled board meetings and board committee meetings during the period was as follows:

Tony O’Brien 

John Burgess 

John Dunsmore 

Brendan Dwan 

Liam FitzGerald 

Stephen Glancey 

John Hogan 

John Holberry 

Richard Holroyd 

Philip Lynch 

Kenny Neison 

Breege O’Donoghue 

board  
meetings 

b 

7 

6 

7 

1 

6 

7 

7 

2 

7 

7 

2 

7 

a  

7 

7 

7 

1 

7 

7 

7 

4 

7 

7 

2 

7 

audit 
  committee  
meetings 
b 

a  

  nomination 
  committee 
meetings 
b 

a  

remuneration
  committee
meetings
b

a  

- 

- 

- 

- 

11 

- 

11 

- 

11 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

10 

- 

10 

- 

10 

- 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

- 

2 

2 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4 

- 

- 

- 

4 

4 

- 

- 

-

-

-

-

3

-

-

-

4

4

-

-

The ‘A’ columns represent the number of meetings held for which each individual Director was entitled to attend, while the ‘B’ 
columns represent the number of meetings attended by each Director.

3 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE REMUNERATiON COMMiTTEE
ON DiRECTORS’ REMUNERATiON

comPosition and terms of reference
The Remuneration Committee of the Board, whose membership is set out on page 27, consists solely of non-executive Directors. 
Philip Lynch is Chairman of the Committee. The Chairman and Chief Executive are fully consulted on remuneration proposals but 
are not present when their own remuneration is discussed. The Remuneration Committee obtains external advice from benefit 
consultants and other independent firms on compensation when necessary.

The Committee’s terms of reference include making recommendations to the Board in respect of Group policy on executive and 
senior management remuneration; and the consideration and determination of the remuneration of the executive Directors and 
senior management. it also oversees all employee share schemes.

remuneration Policy
The main aim of the Group’s remuneration policy is to reward the Group’s executive Directors and senior management 
competitively, having regard to the need to ensure that they are properly remunerated and motivated to perform in the best 
interests of shareholders. Performance related rewards, based on measured and stretching targets, are therefore an important 
component of remuneration packages.

The main elements of the remuneration package for senior management are basic salary and benefits, performance related 
annual bonus, pension benefits and longer term share incentives. 

in order to secure the services of John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison in November 2008, a remuneration 
package was agreed, which, in addition to the above, included a high level of share-based incentives. These were granted under 
the C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan. Further details of this scheme are given below.

basic salary and benefits
The salaries for senior management are reviewed annually in January. Given the Group-wide pay freeze, no increases were 
granted in January 2010. The employment contracts of John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison entitle these 
Directors to a 3% increase in basic salary on the first and second anniversaries of their appointment. These three Directors 
waived their entitlement to this increase in November 2009, and have notified the Company of their intention to do so again in 
November 2010.

Benefits to senior managers include a company car or car allowance and health benefits. John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and 
Kenny Neison receive a cash allowance of 7.5% of basic salary in lieu of these benefits.

Pensions
No executive director or member of senior management accrues any benefits under a defined benefit pension scheme. Payments 
in respect of pensions are calculated on basic salary only and no incentive or benefit elements are included. 

John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and John Holberry received a cash payment of 25% of basic salary, in order to provide their 
own pension benefits, and the Group makes a payment of 25% of salary into Kenny Neison’s personal pension plan. 

Performance related annual bonus
The Group operates a performance related cash bonus scheme for executive Directors and senior management. The primary 
bonus metric is operating profit. The maximum annual bonus payable is up to 80% of basic salary for John Dunsmore, Stephen 
Glancey and Kenny Neison; and 70% for senior management. However John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison 
waived their bonus entitlements for the year ended 28 February 2010 in order to fund an all-employee bonus scheme. 

executive share oPtion scheme
An Executive Share Option Scheme was established in May 2004. it is policy to grant options under this scheme to key executives 
across the Group to encourage identification with shareholders’ interests. Options are granted solely at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee. Under the scheme rules, options cannot be granted to non-executive Directors. in respect of grants 
since admission, the maximum grant that can normally be made to any individual in any one year is an award of 150% of basic 
salary in that year. The service contracts of John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison entitle them to an annual grant 
of share options of 150% of basic salary.

Options will not normally be exercisable until three years after the date of grant and are subject to meeting a specific 
performance target. This performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before exceptional items, and including 
any other adjustments authorised by the Remuneration Committee) to increase by 5% in excess of the irish Consumer Price 
index over three years, on a compound basis from date of grant, in order for options to vest. if the performance target is not met 
after the relevant three year period, the options lapse. in the event of a change of control of the Company, this performance target 
may be measured over a shorter time period, and if the target is met, the options may be exercised within a certain time period. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

3 9

REPORT OF THE REMUNERATiON COMMiTTEE
ON DiRECTORS’ REMUNERATiON - CONTiNUED

Details of the interests of the Directors in share options granted under the Executive Share Option Scheme are set out on page 43.

The cost of the vesting of these awards is amortised over the vesting period to the extent that the Directors believe that the 
awards will vest.

long term incentive Plans
A share-based Long Term incentive Plan for executive Directors and senior management was established at the time of the 
Group’s admission to listing in May 2004. 

Under the plan, awards of up to 100% of basic salary may be granted. Awards are in the form of nil-cost options over shares, 
based on the closing share price on the day before the grant date. For the shares to vest fully, C&C’s total shareholder 
return must be in the top quartile of a comparator group over a three-year period. None of the award vests for below median 
performance. 30% of the award vests for median performance with straight-line pro-rating between the median and upper 
quartile. in addition to the total shareholder return condition, earnings per share growth (before exceptional items and including 
any other adjustments authorised by the Remuneration Committee) must increase by 5% in excess of the irish Consumer Price 
index on a compound basis over the same three-year period or the Remuneration Committee must otherwise be satisfied that 
the Group’s underlying financial performance over the performance period warrants that level of vesting. if both these conditions 
are not met at the end of the relevant period, the options lapse.

The Directors in office at 28 February 2010 have no outstanding share options granted under the Long Term incentive Plan.

c&c Joint share ownershiP Plan
The C&C Joint Share Ownership Plan was approved by shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting (‘EGM’) on 18 
December 2008. The Remuneration Committee supervises the operation of the Plan. The main terms of the plan are as follows:

Participants
Awards were granted to John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and Kenny Neison in December 2008. in total they acquired interests 
in 12.8m ordinary shares, out of the 16m shares allocated to the Plan. As set out in the Notice of the EGM, it was planned to 
allocate the remaining 3.2m shares to new and existing members of senior management and these awards were granted in June 
and December 2009. 

nature of interests
interests take the form of a restricted interest in ordinary shares in the Company (“interest”). An interest permits a participant to 
benefit from the increase (if any) in the value of a number of ordinary shares in the Company (“Shares”) over which the interest 
is acquired. in order to acquire an interest, a participant must enter into a joint ownership agreement with the trustees of an 
employee benefit trust under which the participant and the trustee jointly acquire the Shares. Under the terms of the plan 
participants must contribute funding equal to 10% of the issue price on the acquisition of the interest with the balancing hurdle 
value or threshold amount funded by the employee benefit trust. For the interests acquired in December 2008 and June 2009, this 
threshold amount or Hurdle Value was €1.035 per share, being 90% of the issue price of the Shares of €1.15 (the Share’s closing 
price on 7 November 2008). 

The Notice of the EGM specified that the Hurdle Value would remain at €1.035 per share and the Entry Price would remain at 
€0.115 per share for any interest acquired within the period of six months from date of the adoption of the Plan on 18 December 
2008, after which they would be reviewed by the Remuneration Committee. 

Therefore, for the interests acquired in December 2009, the Hurdle Value increased to €2.223, being 90% of the issue price of the 
Shares of €2.47 (the Share’s closing price on 18 November 2009, the closing share price prior to consideration of the awards by 
the Remuneration Committee).

A participant was required to provide upfront funding to the employee benefit trust equal to 10% of the issue price on the 
acquisition of their interests, amounting to €0.115 per share (the “Entry Price”) for the interests acquired in December 2008 and 
June 2009. The Entry Price for the interests acquired in December 2009 was €0.247 per share. 

When an interest vests, the trustees may, at the request of the participant and on payment of the balance of the hurdle amount, 
transfer shares to the participant of equal value to the participant’s interest or the Shares may be sold and the trustee will 
account to the participant for the balance i.e. the difference between the sale proceeds (less expenses) and the Hurdle Value. 

rights attaching to interests
The voting rights on the shares subject to the interests will be exercised by the trustee of the employee benefit trust as it 
considers appropriate and in the best interests of the employees and the Group. Dividends on the Shares subject to the interests 
will be waived by the trustee of the employee benefit trust or be for the account of the trustee. The beneficial owners of the 16.0m 
shares issued under the Joint Share Ownership Plan have waived their right to receive a dividend.

4 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
vesting conditions
The vesting of interests granted in December 2008 and June 2009 are subject to the following conditions. All of the interests 
are subject to a time vesting condition with one-third of the interest in the Shares vesting on the first anniversary of acquisition, 
one-third on the second anniversary and the final one-third on the third anniversary. in addition, half of the interests in the 
Shares are subject to a pre-vesting share price target. in order to benefit from those interests the Company’s share price must be 
greater than €2.50 for at least 20 days out of 40 consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the date of 
acquisition of the interest. This share price performance condition was met during 2009.

For the interests granted in December 2009, the share price performance condition was set at €4.00 for at least 20 days out of 40 
consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the date of acquisition of the interest.

in the event of a takeover of the Company the time vesting conditions for half of the interests may be accelerated in accordance 
with certain conditions.

loans
When awards are granted to executives, the value of the awards is assessed for tax purposes with the resulting value falling due 
for payment to the employee benefit trust on date of grant. Under the terms of the plan, the executive must pay the Entry Price 
at date of grant and if the Entry Price is lower (or higher) the Company will pay the differential on behalf of the executive, this 
payment is considered a loan by the Company to the executive. Executives are required to pay the Company the full tax value of 
these awards before the interests vest. if the tax value is higher than the Entry Price a taxable benefit-in-kind arises if the interest 
rate charged on the resulting loan is less than Revenue approved rates (ireland 12.5%; UK 4.75%). 

non-executive directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is determined by the Board of Directors as a whole. The Chairman is not 
involved in determining his own remuneration.

The fees paid to non-executive Directors are set at a level which aims to attract individuals with the necessary experience and 
ability to make a significant contribution to the Group.

Promoting all-emPloyee share ownershiP
Prior to flotation, the Group entered into an agreement with trade unions representing the majority of its employees, which 
provided for an initial grant of free shares to eligible employees; the establishment of an approved save as you earn scheme; 
and the establishment of an approved profit sharing scheme, all after the completion of an initial public offering. On admission, 
9.4m ordinary shares with an aggregate value of €21.3m were issued to fulfil the Group’s obligations under the free share 
arrangements. 

A discretionary share scheme was put in place during the year ended 28 February 2007. The Board approved a share allocation 
of between 3% and 4% of basic salary remuneration to employees subject to a minimum allocation of €1,000 per employee. The 
Group purchased 189,061 shares and placed these shares in irish/ UK revenue approved employee trusts, where they are held for 
the benefit of each employee and where each employee has full voting rights and dividend entitlements. However employees face 
tax penalties should they dispose of the shares before the expiry of the vesting period.

service contracts
The service contracts of all executive directors have notice periods of one year or less. 

directors’ remuneration and interest in share caPital
Details of the overall Directors’ remuneration charged to the Group income Statement is shown in note 28 on page 101. individual 
Directors’ remuneration and pension benefits for the year ended 28 February 2010 are given on page 42. The interests of the 
Directors and Secretary in share options and in the share capital of the Company are shown on page 43. Loans to Directors are 
shown on page 43.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

4 1

 
REPORT OF THE REMUNERATiON COMMiTTEE
ON DiRECTORS’ REMUNERATiON - CONTiNUED

directors’ remuneration – 2010 

basic 
other 
salary  remuneration 
€000 

€000 

benefits 
 in kind 
€000 

Pension 
€000 

  compensation
for loss  
 of office 

annual 
bonus 

executive directors
John Dunsmore(i) 
Brendan Dwan(ii) 
Stephen Glancey 
John Holberry(iii) 
Brendan McGuinness 
James Muldowney 
Kenny Neison(iv) 
Maurice Pratt 

700 
33 
500 
161 
- 
- 
93 
- 

53 
 - 
38 
8 
- 
- 
6 
- 

6 
2 
6 
 - 
- 
- 
1 
- 

1,487 

105 

15 

Average number of executive Directors 

non-executive directors
John Burgess 
Liam FitzGerald 
John Hogan 
Richard Holroyd 
Philip Lynch 
Tony O’Brien 
Breege O’Donoghue 

total 

175 
11 
125 
40 
- 
- 
24 
- 

375 

basic  
fees 
€000 

65 
65 
65 
65 
65 
180 
65 

570 

Average number of Non-Executive Directors 

Amounts charged in respect of equity settled share based employee benefits 

- 
183 
- 
112 
- 
- 
- 
- 

295 

total 
2010 
€000 

934 
229 
669 
1,204 
- 
- 
124 
- 

Total
2009
€000

290
1,640
207
432
1,316
831
-
2,541

- 
- 
- 
883 
- 
- 
- 
- 

883 

3,160 

7,257

3 

3 

other  
fees(v) 
€000 

benefits 
in kind 
 €000 

 - 
 - 
25 
10 
20 
 - 
 - 

55 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
31 
 - 

31 

total 
2010 
€000 

65 
65 
90 
75 
85 
211 
65 

656 

7 

969 

Total
2009
 €000

65
65
90
75
85
209
65

654

7

218

total directors’ remuneration 

4,785 

8,129

(i) 

 The Board has released John Dunsmore to serve on the Board of Fuller Smith & Turner Plc as a non-executive director and 
chairman of the Remuneration Committee. He receives and retains an annual fee of £45,000 in relation to this role. 

(ii)  These payments were accrued in the financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2009.
(iii)   John Holberry left the Board on 31 August 2009. His termination arrangements included payment of his bonus for the six 
month period, and cash in lieu of 90,000 nil-cost shares, which he was granted on joining the Company. As the Company 
was in a close period in August 2009, the Company could not deal in shares, and thus the liability was settled in cash. These 
payments were accrued in the financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2009.

(iv)  From date of appointment of 10 November 2009.
(v)   Other fees paid to John Hogan, Richard Holroyd and Philip Lynch in 2010 and 2009 represent fees paid as Chairman of the 

Audit Committee, Senior independent Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee respectively.

directors and their interests
The interests of the Directors and Secretary in office at 28 February 2010 in the share capital of Group companies at the beginning 
of the year (or date of appointment if later) and the end of the year were:

4 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
interests in c&c grouP Plc
ordinary shares of €0.01 each

directors
John Burgess 
John Dunsmore 
Liam FitzGerald 
Stephen Glancey  
John Hogan 
Richard Holroyd 
Philip Lynch 
Kenny Neison 
Tony O’Brien 
Breege O’Donoghue 

total 

company secretary
Noreen O’Kelly 

28-feb 
2010 

28-Feb
2009 

100,698 
5,120,000(i) 
35,000 
5,120,000(i) 

9,989 
22,000 
793,786 
2,560,000(i) 
1,700,000 
57,870 

98,727
5,120,000(i) 
13,100
5,120,000(i)
9,901
22,000 
782,898
2,560,000(i)
1,700,000
56,738

15,519,343 

15,483,364

135,500 

135,500

(i) 

 Acquired under Joint Share Ownership Plan (see Report of the Remuneration Committee on Directors’ Remuneration on 
pages 40 to 41 for further details)

The Directors and Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings.

There was no movement in the Directors’ interests in C&C Group plc ordinary shares between 28 February 2010 and 25 May 2010.

interests in share oPtions – executive share oPtion scheme
share oPtions over ordinary shares of €0.01 each in c&c grouP Plc

directors 
John Dunsmore 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 

total 

granted
during 
the year 

outstanding
28-feb-10 

option Price

541,300 
386,600 
232,000 

541,300 
386,600 
232,000 

€1.94
€1.94
€1.94

1,159,900 

1,159,900 

Subject to meeting the performance condition, options granted at €1.94 in May 2009 are exercisable in the period 13/5/2012 to 
12/5/2016. 

The market price of the Company’s shares at 28 February 2010 was €2.71 and ranged during the year from €0.90 to €3.20.

loans to directors
When awards are granted under the Joint Share Ownership Plan, the value of awards is assessed for tax purposes and if the tax 
value is higher than the Entry Price, the difference is paid by the Company on behalf of the participant and is treated as a loan 
for tax purposes. The three executive Directors acquired interests under the Joint Share Ownership Plan in December 2008. A 
valuation for tax purposes was commissioned during 2009, which indicates that the tax value of these interests is higher than the 
entry price. The resulting loans by the Company to the executive Directors are required to be disclosed under the Companies Act 
1990. These loans are non-interest bearing and will be repaid before vesting of the awards. A taxable benefit-in-kind arises on 
these loans and these are disclosed in Directors’ Remuneration. The balances outstanding as at 28 February 2010 are as follows:

John Dunsmore 
Stephen Glancey 
Kenny Neison 

total 

28-feb-10
€’000

128
128
64

320

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

4 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF DiRECTORS’ RESPONSiBiLiTiES

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements, in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law the directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with international Financial Reporting 
Standards (iFRSs) as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with iFRSs 
as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

The Group and Company financial statements are required by law and iFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial 
position and performance of the Group and Company. The Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 provide in relation to such financial 
statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to 
their achieving a fair presentation. 

in preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

• 

• 

 State that the financial statements comply with iFRSs as adopted by the EU and in the case of the Company as applied in 
accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009; and
 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
Company will continue in business. 

Under applicable law and the requirements of the Listing Rules issued by the irish Stock Exchange, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report and reports relating to directors’ remuneration and corporate governance that 
comply with that law and those Rules. in particular, in accordance with the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 
2007 (the Transparency Regulations), the directors are required to include in their report a fair review of the business and a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group and the Company and a responsibility statement relating to 
these and other matters, included below.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies 
Acts 1963 to 2009 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the iAS Regulation. They are also responsible for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the Republic of ireland governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

resPonsibility statement, in accordance with the transParency regulations
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed on page 27 confirm that, to the best of each person’s knowledge and 
belief:

• 

• 

• 

 the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with iFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities and financial position of the Group at 28 February 2010 and its profit for the year then ended; 

 the Company financial statements, prepared in accordance with iFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance 
with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Company 
at 28 February 2010; and

 the Directors’ report contained in the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

4 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
iNDEPENDENT AUDiTOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF C&C GROUP PLC

We have audited the Group and Company financial statements (‘‘the financial statements’’) of C&C Group plc for the year ended 
28 February 2010 which comprise the Group income Statement, the Group Statement of Comprehensive income, the Group and 
Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Company Cash Flow Statements, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in 
Equity, the Statement of Accounting Policies and the related notes. These financial statements have been prepared under the 
accounting policies set out therein. 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 193 of the Companies Act 1990. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state 
to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed. 

resPective resPonsibilities of directors and auditor
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and international Financial Reporting Standards (iFRSs) as adopted by the EU are set out in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities on page 44.

Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and 
international Standards on Auditing (UK and ireland). 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view in accordance with iFRSs as adopted 
by the EU, and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009 and, in the case of the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the iAS Regulation. We also report to you our opinion as to: whether proper books of account 
have been kept by the Company; whether at the balance sheet date, there exists a financial situation requiring the convening of 
an extraordinary general meeting of the Company; and whether the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with 
the financial statements. in addition, we state whether we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the 
purposes of our audit, and whether the Company balance sheet is in agreement with the books of account. 

We also report to you if, in our opinion, any information specified by law or the Listing Rules of the irish Stock Exchange regarding 
Directors’ remuneration and Directors’ transactions is not disclosed and, where practicable, include such information in our 
report.

We review whether the Corporate Governance Statement reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2008 
FRC Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the irish Stock Exchange, and we report if it does not. We are 
not required to consider whether the board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial 
statements. The other information comprises only the Directors’ Report, the Chairman’s Statement and the Finance Review. We 
consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the 
financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

basis of audit oPinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with international Standards on Auditing (UK and ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices 
Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. it also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the Directors in the preparation 
of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in 
order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. in forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall 
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

4 5

 
iNDEPENDENT AUDiTOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF C&C GROUP PLC - CONTiNUED

oPinion 
in our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

 the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with iFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the 
Group’s affairs as at 28 February 2010 and of its profit for the year then ended; 

 the Company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with iFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 28 February 
2010; 

 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 
4 of the iAS Regulation; and 

• 

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

other matters
We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit. in our opinion 
proper books of account have been kept by the Company. The Company balance sheet is in agreement with the books of account.

in our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the financial statements.

The net assets of the Company, as stated in the Company balance sheet, are more than half of the amount of its called-up share 
capital and, in our opinion, on that basis there did not exist at 28 February 2010 a financial situation which under Section 40 (1) of 
the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1983, would require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

Chartered Accountants  
Registered Auditor 
Dublin   

25 May 2010

4 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP iNCOME STATEMENT
For the year ended 28 February 2010

year ended 28 february 2010 

Year ended 28 February 2009

before  exceptional 
items 
(note 5)  
€m 

exceptional 
items 
 €m 

Notes 

Before  Exceptional
items 
 (note 5)  
€m 

  exceptional 
items 
 €m 

total 
€m 

Total
€m

revenue 

Operating costs 

operating profit/(loss) 

Finance income 
Finance expense 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

income tax (expense)/credit 

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations 

discontinued operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year  
attributable to equity shareholders 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 

continuing operations 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 

1  

568.8 

.- 

568.8 

514.4 

.- 

514.4

2 

1 

6 
6 

7 

8 

10 
10 

10 
10 

(479.3) 

(3.5) 

(482.8) 

(414.0) 

(159.6) 

(573.6)

89.5 

(3.5) 

86.0 

100.4 

(159.6) 

(59.2)

2.0 
(9.2) 

.- 
.- 

2.0 
(9.2) 

2.3 
(12.7) 

3.8 
.- 

6.1
(12.7)

82.3 

(3.5) 

78.8 

90.0 

(155.8) 

(65.8)

(8.9) 

0.9 

(8.0) 

(10.2) 

14.2 

4.0

73.4 

(2.6) 

70.8 

79.8 

(141.6) 

(61.8)

.- 

2.7 

2.7 

0.1 

0.8 

0.9

73.4 

0.1 

73.5 

79.9 

(140.8) 

(60.9)

23.2c 
22.7c 

22.4c 
21.9c 

(19.4)c
(19.4)c

(19.7)c
(19.7)c

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

4 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSiVE iNCOME
For the year ended 28 February 2010

other comprehensive income and expense: 
Exchange difference arising on the net investment in foreign operations 
Gain on revaluation of land 
Net movement in cash flow hedging reserve 
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 
Actuarial gains /(losses) on defined benefit pension obligations 
Deferred tax on actuarial gains /(losses) on defined benefit pension obligations 

total other comprehensive income/(expense) 

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity shareholders 

comprehensive income and expense for the year attributable to equity shareholders 

Notes 

6 
13 
6 
21 
22 
21 

2010 
€m 

5.8 
.- 
(4.1) 
0.6 
16.7 
(2.1) 

2009
€m

(1.6)
5.9
(21.3)
2.2
(41.6)
5.7

16.9 

(50.7)

73.5 

(60.9)

90.4 

(111.6)

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

4 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP BALANCE SHEET
As at 28 February 2010

assets 
non-current assets 
Property, plant & equipment 
Goodwill & intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Trade & other receivables 

current assets 
inventories 
Trade & other receivables 
Derivative financial assets 
Cash & cash equivalents 

total assets 

eQuity  
Equity share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Treasury shares 
Retained income 

total equity 

liabilities 
non-current liabilities 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Provisions  
Deferred tax liabilities 

current liabilities 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions  
Current tax liabilities 

total liabilities 

total eQuity & liabilities 

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

Notes 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

13 
12 
21 
16 

15 
16 
23 

24 
24 
24 
24 
24 

19 
23 
22 
18 
21 

19 
23 
17 
18 

187.2 
507.7 
12.3 
19.8 

95.7
394.7
15.0
.-

727.0 

505.4

54.7 
125.8 
.- 
113.5 

44.5
57.9
11.6
83.0

294.0 

197.0

1,021.0 

702.4

3.3 
77.1 
33.1 
(21.3) 
237.2 

3.3
65.4
28.4
(14.7)
167.3

329.4 

249.7

461.7 
2.2 
21.2 
4.2 
4.6 

309.2
3.3
45.5
1.3
.-

493.9 

359.3

16.7 
4.6 
164.0 
8.4 
4.0 

.-
5.0
64.6
20.8
3.0

197.7 

93.4

691.6 

452.7

1,021.0 

702.4

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

4 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
For the year ended 28 February 2010

cash flows from oPerating activities
Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
income tax  
Depreciation of property, plant & equipment 
Revaluation of property, plant & machinery 
Profit on disposal of property, plant & equipment 
Exceptional profit from discontinued operations, after tax 
Charge for share-based employee benefits 
Pension contributions paid less amount charged to income statement  

Decrease in inventories 
(increase) in trade & other receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in provisions 
increase in trade & other payables 

interest received 
interest and similar costs paid 
Settlement gain on derivative financial instruments  
income taxes paid 

net cash inflow from operating activities 

cash flows from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant & equipment 
Sale of property, plant & equipment 
Acquisition of businesses (note 11) 
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiaries  

net cash outflow from investing activities 

cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from exercise of share options 
Proceeds from issue of new shares under Joint Share Ownership Plan 
New bank loans drawn down 
issue costs paid 
Dividends paid 

net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities   

Net increase in cash & cash equivalents 
Cash & cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 

cash & cash equivalents at end of year 

A reconciliation of cash & cash equivalents to net debt is presented in note 20 to the financial statements.

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

5 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

2010 
€m 

73.5 
(2.0) 
9.2 
8.0 
16.8 
.- 
(0.1) 
(2.7) 
2.5 
(6.7) 

2009
€m

(60.9)
(6.1)
12.7
(4.0)
19.4
136.5
.-
(0.8)
0.4
(23.2)

98.5 

74.0

8.3 
(11.3) 
(13.0) 
40.0 

24.8
(2.3)
9.4
4.6

122.5 

110.5

1.4 
(8.4) 
4.5 
(4.7) 

1.3
(12.8)
6.3
(10.7)

115.3 

94.6

(5.6) 
0.2 
(237.7) 
2.1 

(18.5)
.-
.-
12.9

(241.0) 

(5.6)

0.8 
0.7 
171.0 
(1.4) 
(14.7) 

0.3
1.5
20.0
.-
(60.2)

156.4 

(38.4)

30.7 
83.0 
(0.2) 

50.6
32.7
(0.3)

113.5 

83.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES iN EqUiTY
For the year ended 28 February 2010

equity 
share 
capital  Premium 
€m 

capital 
share redemption 
reserve 
€m 

€m 

  cash flow 

share-
based  currency
hedging  Payments  translation  revaluation 
reserve 
reserve 
€m 
€m 

reserve 
€m 

reserve 
€m 

capital 
reserve 
€m 

At 1 March 2008 
Loss for the year attributed
to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income 
Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based
payments reserve 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Equity settled  
share-based payments 

3.1 

44.9 

0.5 

24.9 

16.9 

2.7 

(1.5) 

.- 

.- 
.- 
3.1 
0.1 
.- 

.- 
0.1 

.- 

.- 
.- 
44.9 
5.5 
0.4 

.- 
14.6 

.- 

.- 
.- 
0.5 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
24.9 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
(19.1) 
(2.2) 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
2.7 
.- 
.- 

(2.2) 
1.5 

0.4 

.- 
(1.6) 
(3.1) 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
5.9 
5.9 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

treasury  retained
income 
€m 

shares 
€m 

total
€m

.- 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

327.7 

419.2

(60.9) 
(35.9) 
230.9 
(65.8) 
.- 

(60.9)
(50.7)
307.6
(60.2)
0.4

.- 
(14.7) 

.- 

2.2 
.- 

.- 

.-
1.5

0.4

At 28 February 2009 

3.3 

65.4 

0.5 

24.9 

(2.2) 

2.4 

(3.1) 

5.9 

(14.7) 

167.3 

249.7

Profit for the year attributed
to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income 
Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based
payments reserve 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Equity settled  
share-based payments 

.- 
.- 
3.3 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
65.4 
4.3 
0.8 

.- 
6.6 

.- 

.- 
.- 
0.5 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
24.9 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
(3.5) 
(5.7) 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
2.4 
.- 
.- 

(0.8) 
0.7 

2.5 

.- 
5.8 
2.7 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
5.9 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
(14.7) 
.- 
.- 

.- 
(6.6) 

.- 

73.5 
14.6 
255.4 
(19.0) 
.- 

73.5
16.9
340.1
(14.7)
0.8

0.8 
.- 

.- 

.-
0.7

2.5

at 28 february 2010 

3.3 

77.1 

0.5 

24.9 

(5.7) 

4.8 

2.7 

5.9 

(21.3) 

237.2 

329.4

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

5 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

14 
16 
21 

24 
24 
24 
24 

791.2 
548.2 
8.5 

788.7
377.9
8.7

1,347.9 

1,175.3

3.3 
779.0 
(1.3) 
83.2 

3.3
767.3
(4.2)
93.2

864.2 

859.6

19 
23 

461.7 
2.2 

309.2
3.3

463.9 

312.5

19 
23 
17 

16.7 
2.7 
0.4 

19.8 

.-
3.0
0.2

3.2

483.7 

315.7

1,347.9 

1,175.3

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
As at 28 February 2010

assets 
non-current assets 
Financial assets 
Trade & other receivables 
Deferred tax asset 

total assets 

eQuity  
Equity share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Retained income 

total equity 

liabilities 
non-current liabilities 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 

current liabilities 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade & other payables 

total liabilities 

total eQuity and liabilities 

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

5 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
For the year ended 28 February 2010

cash flows from oPerating activities 
Profit for the year  
Finance income 
Finance expense 

interest received 
interest paid and similar costs 

net cash inflow from operating activities 

cash flows from investing activities 
Funding of cash requirements of subsidiary undertakings 

net cash outflow from investing activities 

cash flows from financing activities 
Movement in loans with subsidiary undertakings 
Proceeds from exercise of share options 
Proceeds from issue of new shares under Joint Share Ownership Plan 
New bank loans drawn down 
issue costs paid 
Dividends paid 

net cash inflow from financing activities 

Net movement in cash & cash equivalents 

cash & cash equivalents at beginning and end of year 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

8.2 
(16.7) 
9.1 

11.6
(25.6)
12.7

0.6 

(1.3)

16.7 
(8.4) 

25.6
(12.7)

8.9 

11.6

(171.0) 

(20.0)

(171.0) 

(20.0)

(0.2) 
0.8 
6.6 
171.0 
(1.4) 
(14.7) 

33.6
0.3
14.7
20.0
.-
(60.2)

162.1 

8.4

.- 

.- 

.-

.-

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

5 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES iN EqUiTY
For the year ended 28 February 2010

equity 
share 
capital 

€m 

capital 
share  redemption 
reserve 

Premium 

cash 
flow 
hedging 
reserve 

share-
based 
Payment 
reserve 

retained
income 

€m 

 €m 

 €m 

 €m 

€m 

company 
At 1 March 2008 
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income and expense 
Total  
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based payments reserve 
Equity settled share-based payments 

3.1 
.- 
.- 
3.1 
0.1 
0.1 
.- 
.- 
.- 

746.8 
.- 
.- 
746.8 
5.5 
14.6 
0.4 
.- 
.- 

At 28 February 2009 

3.3 

767.3 

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 
Other comprehensive income and expense 
Total 
Dividend on ordinary shares 
Joint Share Ownership Plan 
Exercised share options 
Reclassification of share-based payments reserve 
Equity settled share-based payments 

.- 
.- 
3.3 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 
767.3 
4.3 
6.6 
0.8 
.- 
.- 

0.5 
.- 
.- 
0.5 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

0.5 

.- 
.- 
0.5 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

total

€m

897.8
11.6
(5.1)
904.3
(60.2)
14.7
0.4
.-
0.4

(0.5) 
.- 
(5.1) 
(5.6) 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

2.7 
.- 
.- 
2.7 
.- 
.- 
.- 
(2.2) 
0.4 

145.2 
11.6 
.- 
156.8 
(65.8) 
.- 
.- 
2.2 
.- 

(5.6) 

0.9 

93.2 

859.6

.- 
1.2 
(4.4) 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 
0.9 
.- 
.- 
.- 
(0.8) 
2.5 

8.2 
.- 
101.4 
(19.0) 
.- 
.- 
0.8 
.- 

8.2
1.2
869.0
(14.7)
6.6
0.8
.-
2.5

at 28 february 2010 

3.3 

779.0 

0.5 

(4.4) 

2.6 

83.2 

864.2

on behalf of the board

t o’brien 
Chairman 

J dunsmore 
Chief Executive Officer 

5 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTiNG POLiCiES

significant accounting Policies
C&C Group plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated and tax resident in ireland. The Group’s financial statements for 
the year ended 28 February 2010 consolidate the individual financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as “the Group”).

The Company and Group financial statements, together the “financial statements”, were authorised for issue by the Directors on 
25 May 2010.

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the financial statements for the year ended 28 February 2010 are set out 
below. These have been applied consistently for all periods presented in these financial statements and by all Group entities.

statement of comPliance
As required by European Union (EU) law, the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international 
Financial Reporting Standards (iFRSs) as adopted by the EU, which comprise standards and interpretations approved by the 
international Accounting Standards Board (iASB). The individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared in 
accordance with iFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 which permits 
a Company that publishes its Company and Group financial statements together to take advantage of the exemption in section 
148(8) of the Companies Act, 1963 from presenting its Company income Statement which forms part of the approved Company 
financial statements. 

iFRSs as adopted by the EU applied by the Company and Group in the preparation of these financial statements are those that 
were effective for accounting periods ending on or before 28 February 2010. The Group has adopted the following new and 
amended iFRS and iFRiC interpretations in respect of the financial year ended 28 February 2010.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 iFRS 2 Share-based Payments; Amendment to iFRS 2 for Vesting Conditions and Calculations effective 1 January 2009. This 
amendment has had no impact on the Group’s Financial Statements.

 iFRS 7 Financial instruments: Disclosures effective 1 January 2009, requires enhanced disclosures about fair value 
measurement and liquidity risk. Fair value measurements related to items recorded at fair value are to be disclosed by source 
of inputs using a three level fair value hierarchy, by class, for all financial instruments recognised at fair value. The changes 
required by the amended standard are purely disclosure related.

 iFRS 8 Operating Segments effective 1 January 2009. in line with iFRS 8 the Group undertook a review of its reportable 
segments and now presents operating segments based on the information provided internally to the Chief Operating 
Decision-Maker (“CODM”). The impact of this change is limited to matters of presentation and the updated segments, 
together with the required disclosures, are shown in note 1. The comparative numbers have been restated to reflect the new 
basis of segmentation. 

 iAS 1 (Amended) Presentation of Financial Statements effective 1 January 2009. The revised standard introduces 
presentational changes to the Group’s primary statements including the introduction of the Statement of Comprehensive 
income and the Statement of Changes in Equity (previously provided by the Group in the notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements). The Statement of Comprehensive income presents all items of recognised income and expense, either in one 
single statement, or two linked statements. The Group has elected to present two statements, the Group income Statement 
and the Group Statement of Comprehensive income.

 iFRiC 9 Re-measurement of Embedded Derivatives (Amended) and iAS 39 Financial instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement (Amended), effective 1 July 2009. 

 iFRiC 16 Hedges of a Net investment in a Foreign Operation (Amended), effective 1 July 2009. This interpretation provides 
guidance on accounting for the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation in an entity’s consolidated financial statements.

The Group has also adopted the following new and amended iFRS and iFRiC interpretations, which have not impacted the 
financial statements or performance of the Group:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 iAS 23 Borrowing Costs (Revised). This amendment requires an entity to capitalise borrowing costs that are directly 
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, as part of the cost of that asset.

 iAS 32 Financial instruments: Presentation and iAS 1 Puttable Financial instruments and Obligations Arising on Liquidation 
(Amended).

iFRiC 13 Customer loyalty Programmes. This interpretation gives guidance on accounting for customer loyalty award credits. 

improvements to iFRSs (May 2008) amendments effective for financial year ended 28 February 2010.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

5 5

STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTiNG POLiCiES - CONTiNUED

The Group has not applied the following standards and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective:

• 

• 

• 

 iFRS 3R Business Combinations (Revised) effective for the Group from 1 March 2010. The revised iFRS 3R introduces a 
number of changes to the accounting for business combinations that are likely to impact the treatment applied to business 
combinations occurring after this date including the amount of goodwill recognised on future acquisitions, the reported 
results in the period when the acquisition occurs and future reported results.

 iAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (Amended) effective for the Group from 1 March 2010, which is not 
expected to have a significant impact.

 improvements to iFRSs (April 2009) amendments applying in respect of financial periods commencing on or after 1 January 
2010.

basis of PreParation
The Group and individual financial statements of the Company are prepared on the historical cost basis except for the 
measurement at fair value of share options at date of grant, derivative financial instruments, intangible assets, retirement benefit 
obligations and the revaluation of certain items of Property, plant & equipment. The accounting policies have been applied 
consistently by Group entities and for all periods presented. The financial statements are presented in euro millions to one 
decimal place.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with iFRSs as adopted by the EU requires the use of certain critical 
accounting estimates. in addition, it requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the Group and 
Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a high degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 
estimates are significant to the financial statements, which are documented in the relevant accounting policies and notes as 
indicated below, relate primarily to:

the accounting for acquisitions during the year (note 11)
the determination of carrying value of land and buildings (note 13),
the determination of depreciated replacement cost in respect of the Group’s plant & machinery (note 13),

- 
- 
- 
-  assessing goodwill and intangible assets for impairment (note 12),
-  accounting for defined benefit pension schemes (note 22),
-  measurement of financial instruments (note 23), and,
- 

valuation of share-based payments (note 4).

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if 
the revision affects both current and future periods.

basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and all subsidiaries. The financial year 
ends of all entities in the Group are coterminous.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control over 
the operating and financial decisions is obtained and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of 
the Group. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of 
an entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities.

On 30 April 2004, the Group, previously headed by C&C Group international Holdings Limited, underwent a re-organisation by 
virtue of which C&C Group international Holdings Limited’s shareholders in their entirety exchanged their shares for shares in 
C&C Group plc, a newly formed company, which then became the ultimate parent company of the Group. Notwithstanding the 
change in the legal parent of the Group, this transaction has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition and the consolidated 
financial statements are prepared on the basis of the new legal parent having been acquired by the existing Group. 

All inter-company balances and transactions, including recognised gains arising from inter-group transactions, have been 
eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same manner as recognised gains except to the extent that they provide 
evidence of impairment.

Company Financial Statements
investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less provision for impairment. Dividend income is recognised when the right to 
receive payment is established.

5 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of goods supplied to external customers exclusive of inter-company sales and value added 
tax, after allowing for discounts, rebates, allowances for customer loyalty and other pricing related allowances and incentives. 
Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic 
benefits will flow to the Group, that it can be reliably measured, and that the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods have passed to the buyer. This is deemed to occur on delivery.

excise duty
Excise duty is levied at the point of production in the case of the Group’s manufactured products and at the point of importation in 
the case of imported products in the key jurisdictions in which the Group operates. The Group accounts for excise duties as a cost 
of the business and separately discloses this cost in operating costs.

excePtional items
The Group has adopted an accounting policy and income statement format that seeks to highlight significant items of income 
and expense within Group results for the year. The Directors believe that this presentation provides a more helpful analysis as 
it highlights material one-off items. Such items may include significant restructuring costs, profits or losses on disposal or 
termination of operations, litigation costs and settlements, profit or loss on disposal of investments, significant impairment of 
assets and unforeseen gains/losses arising on derivative financial instruments. The Directors, in assessing the particular items 
which by virtue of their scale and nature are disclosed in the income statement and related notes as exceptional items, use 
judgement.

finance income and exPenses
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, gains on hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or 
loss and interest earned on customer advances. interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective 
interest method.

Finance expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings, amortisation of borrowing issue costs, changes in the fair value 
of financial assets or liabilities which are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, losses on hedging instruments that 
are recognised in profit or loss, gains or losses relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable rate 
borrowings, impairment losses recognised on financial assets and unwinding of the discount on provisions. All borrowing costs 
are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method.

research and develoPment
Expenditure on research that is not related to specific product development is recognised in the income statement as incurred.

Expenditure on the development of new or substantially improved products or processes is capitalised if the product or process is 
technically feasible and commercially viable.

government grants
Grants are recognised at their fair value when there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching 
conditions have been complied with.

Capital grants received and receivable by the Group are credited to government grants and are amortised to the income 
statement on a straight line basis over the expected useful lives of the assets to which they relate.

Revenue grants are recognised as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it 
is intended to compensate.

discontinued oPerations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business or 
geographical area of operations and has been disposed of or is held for sale. When an operation is classified as a discontinued 
operation, the comparative income statement is restated as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the earliest 
period presented.

segment rePorting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal organisational and management structure of the 
Group and the internal financial information provided to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (considered to be the executive 
management team) who is responsible for the allocation of resources and the monitoring and assessment of performance of 
each of the operating segments. The Group has determined that it has six reportable operating segments.

The analysis by segment includes both items directly attributable to a segment and those, including central overheads that are 
allocated on a reasonable basis to those segments in internal financial reporting packages.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

5 7

STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTiNG POLiCiES - CONTiNUED

foreign currency translation 
items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group and the functional currency of the Company.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each entity at the foreign exchange rate ruling 
at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets carried at historic cost are not subsequently retranslated. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated into functional currencies at the foreign 
exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange movements arising on translation are recognised in the income statement 
with the exception of all monetary items designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation which are recognised in 
other comprehensive income until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recognised in profit for the year.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are 
translated to euro at the foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign 
operations are translated to euro at the average exchange rate for the financial period. Foreign exchange movements arising 
on translation of the net investment in a foreign operation, including those arising on long term intra group loans for which 
settlement is neither planned nor likely to happen in the foreseeable future and as a consequence are deemed quasi equity in 
nature, are recognised directly in other comprehensive income in the foreign currency translation reserve through the statement 
of comprehensive income. The portion of exchange gains or losses on foreign currency borrowings or derivatives used to provide 
a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operating that is designated as a hedge of those investments is recognised directly 
in the statement of comprehensive income (reserves) to the extent that they are determined to be effective. The ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in profit for the year.

Any movements that have arisen since 1 March 2004, the date of transition to iFRS, are recognised in the currency translation 
reserve and are recycled through the income statement on disposal of the related business. Translation differences that arose 
before the date of transition to iFRS as adopted by the EU in respect of all non-euro denominated operations are not presented 
separately.

business combinations
The purchase method of accounting is employed in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of a 
business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair value at the date of exchange of assets acquired and liabilities 
incurred or assumed in exchange for control together with any directly attributable expenses. Where a business combination 
agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of the combination contingent on future events, the amount of the estimated 
adjustment is included in the cost at the acquisition date to the extent that it can be reliably measured. This amount is treated as 
contingent consideration and classified in provisions. To the extent that settlement of all or any part of a business combination is 
deferred, the fair value of the deferred component is determined through discounting the amounts payable to their present value 
at the date of exchange. The discount component is unwound as an interest charge in the income statement over the life of the 
obligation. The identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination are measured at their provisional fair values 
at the date of acquisition and adjustments to the provisional values are made within twelve months of the acquisition date and 
reflected as a restatement of the acquisition balance sheet if they are material; otherwise they are recorded in the year in which 
they occur.

goodwill 
Goodwill is the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
in a business combination and relates to the future economic benefits arising from assets, which are not capable of being 
individually identified and separately recognised.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to the date of transition to iFRS as adopted by the EU has been retained, with the previous 
irish GAAP amount being its deemed cost, subject to being tested for impairment. Goodwill written off to reserves under irish 
GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and will not be included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill on acquisitions is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less 
any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 

As at the date of acquisition any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
combination’s synergies. impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which 
the goodwill relates. The cash generating units represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for 
internal management purposes and these units are not larger that the operating segments determined in accordance with iFRS 8 
Operating Segments. 

5 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill 
associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss 
on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the 
operation disposed of and the proportion of the cash-generating unit retained. 

intangible assets (other than goodwill) arising on business combinations
An intangible asset, which is a non-monetary asset without a physical substance, is capitalised separately from goodwill as 
part of a business combination at cost (fair value at date of acquisition) to the extent that it is probable that the expected future 
economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its fair value can be reliably measured. Acquired brands 
and other intangible assets are deemed to be identifiable and recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other 
legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable from 
the Group or from other rights and obligations.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. The carrying value of intangible assets considered to have an indefinite useful economic life are reviewed for 
indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment testing when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.

The amortisation charge on intangible assets considered to have finite lives is calculated to write-off the book value of the asset 
over its useful life on a straight line basis on the assumption of zero residual value.

ProPerty, Plant & eQuiPment 
Property (comprising land and buildings) is recognised at estimated fair value with the changes in the value of the property 
reflected in revaluation gains in other comprehensive income, except impairment losses, which are recognised in the income 
statement. The fair value is based on estimated market value at the valuation date, being the estimated amount for which a 
property could be exchanged in an arms length transaction. Such valuations are determined based on benchmarking against 
comparable transactions for similar properties in similar locations as those of the Group or on the use of valuation techniques 
including the use of market yields on comparable properties. information on the basis on which such valuations were undertaken 
in the year is set out in note 13.

Plant & machinery is carried at its revalued amount. in view of the specialised nature of the Group’s plant & machinery and the 
lack of comparable market-based evidence of similar plant sold as a ‘going concern’ i.e. as part of a continuing business, upon 
which to base a market approach of fair value, the Group uses a depreciated replacement cost approach to determine a fair value 
for such assets. 

Depreciated replacement cost is assessed, firstly, by the identification of the gross replacement cost for each class of plant & 
machinery. A depreciation factor derived from both the physical and functional obsolescence of each class of asset, taking into 
account estimated residual values at the end of the life of each class of asset, is then applied to the gross replacement cost 
to determine the net replacement cost. An economic obsolescence factor, which is derived based on current and anticipated 
capacity or utilisation of each class of plant & machinery as a function of total available production capacity, is applied to 
determine the depreciated replacement cost. The Group has adopted a policy of valuing its plant & machinery in this manner 
annually.

Motor vehicles & other equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. When parts of an item of property, plant 
& equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant & 
equipment. Subsequent costs are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group. 

Property, plant & equipment, other than freehold land which is not depreciated, were depreciated during the current and prior 
year on the following basis: 

Buildings  
Motor vehicles  
Other equipment incl returnable bottles, cases and kegs 
Plant & machinery  
Storage tanks 

2% straight line
15% straight line
5-25% straight line
15-30% reducing balance 
10% reducing balance

The residual value and useful lives of property, plant & equipment are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance sheet 
date. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

5 9

STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTiNG POLiCiES - CONTiNUED

On disposal of property, plant & equipment the cost or valuation and related accumulated depreciation and impairments are 
removed from the financial statements and the net amount, less any proceeds, is taken to the income statement.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s property, plant & equipment are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether 
there is any indication of impairment. An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an asset or its cash 
generation unit exceeds its recoverable amount (being the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use). impairment 
losses are recognised in the income statement. 

inventories 
inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes all expenditure incurred in acquiring the 
inventories and bringing them to their present location and condition and is based on the first-in first-out principle.

in the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost includes direct production costs and the appropriate share of production 
overheads plus excise duties, where appropriate. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less estimated costs of completion and estimated costs necessary to complete the sale.

Provision is made for slow-moving or obsolete stock where appropriate.

Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past 
event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at 
the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to 
present value at an appropriate rate if the effect of the time value of money is deemed material.

A contingent liability is not recognised but is disclosed where the existence of the obligation will only be confirmed by future 
events or where it is not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation or where the amount of the 
obligation cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not recognised but are disclosed where an inflow 
of economic benefits is probable.

leases 
Where the Group has entered into lease arrangements on land and buildings the lease payments are allocated between land and 
buildings and each component is assessed separately to determine whether it is a finance or operating lease.

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset, are 
recognised at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease 
payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments 
are apportioned between finance charges and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged to the income statement as part of finance costs. 

Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. 

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases. 
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates a number of defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. 

Obligations to the defined contribution pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the income statement as the related 
employee service is received. Under these schemes, the Group has no obligation, either legal or constructive, to pay further 
contributions in the event that the fund does not hold sufficient assets to meet its benefit commitments.

The liabilities and costs associated with the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are funded and administered 
under trusts which are separate from the Group, are assessed on the basis of the projected unit credit method by professionally 
qualified actuaries and are arrived at using actuarial assumptions based on market expectations at the balance sheet date. The 
discount rates employed in determining the present value of the schemes’ liabilities are determined by reference to market yields 
at the balance sheet date on high-quality corporate bonds of a currency and term consistent with the currency and term of the 
associated post-employment benefit obligations. When the benefits of a defined benefit scheme are improved, the portion of the 
increased benefit relating to the past service of employees is recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the extent that the enhanced benefits vest immediately, 
the related expense is recognised immediately in the income statement. The net surplus or deficit arising on the Group’s defined 
benefit pension schemes is shown within either non-current assets or non-current liabilities on the face of the Group Balance 
Sheet. The deferred tax liabilities and assets arising on pension scheme surpluses and deficits are disclosed separately within 
deferred tax assets or liabilities, as appropriate. 

6 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
The expected increase in the present value of scheme liabilities arising from employee service in the current or prior periods is 
recognised in arriving at operating profit or loss together with the expected returns on the scheme assets and the increase during 
the period in the present value of the scheme liabilities arising from the passage of time. Differences between the expected and 
the actual return on plan assets, experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities, together with the effect of changes in the 
current or prior assumptions underlying the liabilities are recognised in other comprehensive income.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Group Balance Sheet comprises the total for each plan of the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high-quality corporate bonds) less the fair value of plan assets 
(measured at bid value) out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

Company
The Company has no direct employees and is not the sponsoring employer for any of the Group’s defined benefit pension 
schemes. There is no stated policy within the Group in relation to the obligations of Group companies to contribute to scheme 
deficits. Group companies make contributions to the schemes as requested by the sponsoring employers. 

share-based Payments
The Group operates an Executive Share Option Scheme, a share-based Long Term incentive Plan (the ‘LTiP’) a Joint Share 
Ownership Plan and a Restricted Share Awards Plan, all of which are equity settled. 

Equity settled share-based payment transactions
Group share schemes allow employees to acquire shares in the Company. The fair value of share entitlements granted is 
recognised as an employee expense in the income statement with a corresponding increase in equity. Share options granted 
under the Executive Share Option Scheme are subject to non-market vesting conditions. Share entitlements granted by the 
Company under the LTiP are subject to both market and non-market vesting conditions. A percentage of shares granted under 
the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Awards Plan are subject to both market and non-market vesting 
conditions while the remainder are subject to non-market vesting conditions only, the details of which are set out in note 4. 
Market conditions are incorporated into the calculation of fair value at grant date. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken 
into account when estimating the fair value of entitlements as at the grant date. The expense for the share entitlements shown 
in the income statement is based on the fair value of the total number of entitlements expected to vest and is allocated to 
accounting periods on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The cumulative charge to the income statement is reversed 
only where entitlements do not vest because all non-market performance conditions have not been met or where an employee 
in receipt of share entitlements leaves the Group before the end of the vesting period. No reversal is recorded for failure to vest 
as a result of market conditions not being met. The proceeds received by the Company on the vesting of share entitlements are 
credited to share capital and share premium when the share entitlements are exercised. Amounts included in the share-based 
payments reserve are transferred to retained income when vested options are exercised, forfeited or lapse.

The Group has no exposure in respect of cash-settled share-based payment transactions and share-based payment transactions 
with cash alternatives as defined by iFRS 2 Share-Based Payment.

income tax
Current tax
Current tax expense represents the expected tax amount to be paid in respect of taxable income for the current year. Current tax 
for the current and prior years, to the extent that it is unpaid, is recognised as a liability in the balance sheet.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided on the basis of the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date. 
Temporary differences are defined as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period 
in which the asset is recognised or the liability is settled based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences except where they arise from:-

• 

• 

 the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and affects neither the accounting profit or loss nor the taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction, or,

 temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
difference is subject to the Group’s control and it is probable that a reversal will not be recognised in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets in respect of deductible temporary differences are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits or taxable temporary differences will be available against which to offset these items. The carrying amounts of 
deferred tax assets are subject to review at each balance sheet date and are reduced to the extent that future taxable profits are 
considered to be inadequate to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

6 1

STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTiNG POLiCiES - CONTiNUED

Deferred tax and current tax are recognised as a component of the tax expense in the income statement except to the extent that 
they relate to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income (for example, certain derivative financial instruments 
and actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension schemes), in which case the related tax is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

financial instruments 
Trade & other receivables 
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice value less an allowance for incurred losses. A provision for 
impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all 
amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s 
carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows. Movements in provisions are recognised in the income 
statement. Bad debts are written-off against the provision on identification.

Advances to customers
Advances to customers, which can be categorised as either an advance of discount or a repayment/annuity loan, are initially 
recognised at fair value and carried at original fair value less an impairment allowance. A provision for impairment is established 
when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the 
agreement with the customer.

Cash & cash equivalents 
Cash & cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form part of the Group’s cash management 
are included as a component of cash & cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

Trade & other payables
Trade & other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, unless the maturity date is less than 6 months.

interest-bearing loans & borrowings 
interest-bearing loans & borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost with any difference between the amount originally recognised and redemption value being 
recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest rate basis. Where the refinancing of 
a loan results in a significant change in the present value of the expected cash flows, the original loan is de-recognised and the 
replacement loan is recognised at fair value.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments (principally interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts and net 
investment hedges) to hedge its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks arising from operational and financing 
activities. The Group does not enter into speculative transactions.

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date. The fair value of interest rate swaps is the 
estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the swap at the balance sheet date, taking into the account 
current interest and currency exchange rates where relevant and the current creditworthiness of the swap counterparties. The 
fair value of forward exchange contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar 
maturity profiles and equates to the market price at the balance sheet date. 

Gains or losses on re-measurement to fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement except where derivatives 
are designated and qualify for hedge accounting in which case recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of 
the item being hedged.

Derivative financial instruments entered into by the Group are for the purposes of: hedge accounting classified as cash flow 
hedges which hedge exposure to fluctuations in future cash flows derived from a particular risk associated with a recognised 
asset, liability, a firm commitment or a highly probable forecast transaction, or hedging a net investment in a foreign operation.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as 
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions 
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

6 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised liability, a 
firm commitment or a highly probable forecasted transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial 
instrument is recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income with the ineffective portion being reported in 
the income statement. The associated gains or losses that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive income are 
transferred to the income statement contemporaneously with the materialisation of the hedged transaction, except when a firm 
commitment or forecast transaction results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, in which case 
the cumulative gain or loss is removed from other comprehensive income and included in the initial measurement of the asset or 
liability. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for special hedge accounting. At that point in time, if the hedged transaction is still probable, any cumulative gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income is kept in other comprehensive income 
until the forecast transaction occurs with future changes in fair value recognised in the income statement. if a hedged transaction 
is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred to the 
income statement in the period. 

Any gain or loss on the effective portion of a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation is recognised in other 
comprehensive income while the gain or loss on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement, 
Cumulative gains and losses remain in other comprehensive income until disposal or partial disposal of the net investment in the 
foreign operation at which point the related differences are transferred to the income statement as part of the overall gain or loss 
on disposal.

share caPital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments. incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares are 
shown in equity as a deduction from the gross proceeds.

Own shares acquired under share buyback programme
The cost of ordinary shares purchased by the Company on market is recorded as a deduction from equity on the face of the 
Group and Company Balance Sheet when these shares are cancelled. An amount equal to the nominal value of shares cancelled 
is included within the capital redemption reserve fund and the excess of cost over nominal value is deducted from retained 
earnings.

Treasury shares
Where the Company issues equity share capital under its Joint Share Ownership Plan, which is held in trust by the Group’s 
Employee Benefit Trust, these shares are classified as treasury shares on consolidation. 

Dividends 
Final dividends on ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the financial statements only after they have been approved at 
an annual general meeting of the Company. interim dividends on ordinary shares are recognised when they are paid.

comPany financial assets
The change in legal parent of the Group on 30 April 2004, as disclosed in detail in that year’s annual report, was accounted for as 
a reverse acquisition. This transaction gave rise to a financial asset in the Company’s accounts, which relates to the value of its 
investment in subsidiaries. Financial assets are reviewed for impairment if there are any indications that the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. 

Share options granted to employees of subsidiary companies are accounted for as an increase in the carrying value of the 
investment in subsidiaries and the share-based payment reserve.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

6 3

NOTES
Forming part of the financial statements

1.  segmental rePorting

 The Group’s business activity is the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of Alcoholic Drinks and six operating segments 
have been identified; Cider Republic of ireland (“ROi”), Cider Great Britain (“GB”), Cider Rest of World (“ROW”) (incorporating 
cider sales in Northern ireland), Spirits & Liqueurs, Tennent’s Beer and Distribution. This basis corresponds with the 
Group’s organisation structure, the nature of reporting lines to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (as defined in iFRS 8 
Operating Segments) and the Group’s internal reporting for the purposes of managing the business, assessing performance 
and allocating resources. it is consistent with the requirements of iFRS 8 Operating Segments which came into effect for 
accounting periods commencing on or after 1 January 2009. 

 While the application of iFRS 8 resulted in no change to the basis of measurement of revenue and operating profit, it has 
resulted in a change to the basis of segmentation, whereas previously the Group reported its cider results as a single 
segment, it now reports these results in three operating segments, Cider ROi, Cider GB and Cider ROW. All comparative 
amounts have been restated to reflect the new basis of segmentation.

 The Chief Operating Decision-Maker, identified as the executive committee comprising John Dunsmore, Stephen Glancey and 
Kenny Neison, assesses and monitors the operating results of segments separately via internal management reports in order 
to effectively manage the business. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on Revenue and Operating Profit 
before exceptional items and therefore these are the most relevant indicators to evaluating the result of the Group’s operating 
segments. Given that net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, these items are not allocated 
between operating segments for the purposes of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker and are 
accordingly omitted from the detailed segmental analysis below. 

The identified business segments are as follows:-
(i)  Cider ROi

This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in the Republic of ireland, principally Bulmers.

(ii)  Cider GB

 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in Great Britain, with Magners, Blackthorn and 
Gaymers being the principal brands.

(iii)  Cider ROW

 This segment includes the results from sale of the Group’s cider products in all territories outside of the Republic of 
ireland and Great Britain, principally Magners.

(iv)   Spirits & liqueurs

 This segment consists of the sale of four brands, Tullamore Dew, Carolans irish Cream, Frangelico Liqueur and irish Mist 
Liqueur, all of which are owned by the Group and are marketed internationally. 

(v)  Tennents Beer

This segment includes the results of the Group’s ‘owned’ beer brands, principally Tennent’s.

(vi)  Distribution

 This segment relates to wholesaling to the licensed trade in Northern ireland and the distribution of agency products, 
including Coors in Northern ireland and certain AB inbev brands in the Republic of ireland, Northern ireland and 
Scotland. 

 information regarding the results of each reportable segment is disclosed below for the Group’s continuing business while 
the relevant information in relation to the Group’s discontinued Wines & spirits distribution business is set out in note 8. The 
analysis by segment includes both items directly attributable to a segment and those, including central overheads, which are 
allocated on a reasonable basis in presenting information to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker. Unallocated items comprise 
mainly current tax, deferred tax, derivative financial assets/liabilities, retirement benefit obligations, Group net borrowings 
and certain exceptional expense items. 

intersegment revenue is not material and thus not subject to separate disclosure.

 Segment capital expenditure is the total amount incurred during the period to acquire segment assets, excluding those 
assets acquired in business combinations, that are expected to be used for more than one accounting period.

6 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.  segmental rePorting (CONTiNUED)
(a)  operating segment disclosures

Cider – ROi 
Cider – GB 
Cider – ROW 
Spirits & liqueurs 
Tennents Beer 
Distribution 

2010 

revenue 
€m 

operating 
profit 
€m 

assets 
€m 

liabilities 
€m 

Revenue 
€m 

2009

Operating 
profit 
€m 

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities
€m

153.0 
149.0 
34.2 
78.0 
81.0 
73.6 

44.3 
19.7 
4.4 
14.7 
3.7 
2.7 

169.6 
335.6 
125.5 
71.1 
187.1 
6.3 

(33.8) 
(46.2) 
(10.5) 
(13.4) 
(69.5) 
(3.2) 

166.6 
185.2 
35.0 
85.9 
.- 
41.7 

44.8 
40.7 
(0.7) 
15.3 
.- 
0.3 

181.4 
271.1 
55.6 
73.9 
.- 
10.8 

(30.1)
(31.4)
(8.1)
(12.2)
.-
(4.9)

Total before unallocated items 

568.8 

89.5 

895.2 

(176.6) 

514.4 

100.4 

592.8 

(86.7)

Unallocated items: 
Exceptional items (note 5) 
Current tax liabilities 
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) 
Derivative financial assets/(liabilities) 
Retirement benefit obligations  
Group net borrowings 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

(3.5)* 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

12.3 
.- 
.- 
113.5 

.- 
(4.0) 
(4.6) 
(6.8) 
(21.2) 
(478.4) 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

(159.6)** 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

15.0 
11.6 
.- 
83.0 

.-
(3.0)
.-
(8.3)
(45.5)
(309.2)

568.8 

86.0 

1,021.0 

(691.6) 

514.4 

(59.2) 

702.4 

(452.7)

* 
** 

 Of the exceptional items in the current year, €0.1m relates to Cider ROi, €0.4m to Cider GB, €0.4m to Cider ROW, €0.2m to distribution and €2.4m to Tennents Beer. 
 Of the exceptional items in the prior year, €2.7m related to the Spirits & liqueurs segment and €156.9m related to the writedown of Plant & equipment at the 
Group’s irish cider production facility.

(b)  other operating segment information

2010 

capital 

2009

Capital 

  expenditure  depreciation 
€m 

€m 

 expenditure  Depreciation  Revaluation
€m

€m 

€m 

Cider – ROi 
Cider – GB 
Cider – ROW 
Spirits & liqueurs 
Tennents Beer 
Distribution 

(c)  geographical analysis of revenue and non-current assets

Republic of ireland 
UK  
Rest of Europe 
  North America 
Rest of world 

Total 

1.0 
3.0 
0.6 
0.1 
1.0 
.- 

5.7 

5.2 
7.4 
0.9 
0.6 
2.6 
0.1 

5.7 
11.2 
1.1 
0.9 
.- 
.- 

7.7 
9.7 
1.1 
0.8 
.- 
0.1 

52.4
68.4
7.4
2.0
.-
0.4

16.8 

18.9 

19.4 

130.6

revenue 

2010 
€m 

2009 
€m 

non-current assets
2010 
2009
€m 
€m

158.0 
321.2 
47.0 
34.6 
8.0 

167.8 
249.4 
53.2 
35.9 
8.1 

85.2 
121.8 
.- 
.- 
.- 

95.0
0.7
.-
.-
.-

568.8 

514.4 

207.0 

95.7

 The geographical analysis of revenue is based on the location of the third party customers. The geographical analysis of non-
current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets. Non-current assets comprise property, plant & equipment 
and advances to customers repayable beyond one year. intangible assets, goodwill and deferred tax assets are not allocated.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

6 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

2.  oPerating costs

2010 

before 

  exceptional   exceptional  
items 
€m 

items 
€m 

2009

Before  

  exceptional  Exceptional  
items 
€m 

items 
€m 

total 
€m 

Raw material cost of goods sold 
inventory write-down  
Excise duties 
Employee remuneration (note 3) 
Direct brand marketing 
Other operating, selling and administration costs 
Depreciation 
Revaluation of property, plant & machinery 
Research and development costs 
Auditor remuneration: 
- audit services 
- non audit services 
Operating lease rentals:  
- plant and machinery 
- other 

171.4 
0.9 
128.1 
50.2 
61.6 
45.9 
16.8 
.- 
1.3 

0.4 
0.5 

1.3 
0.9 

.- 
.- 
.- 
0.7 
.- 
0.1 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

171.4 
0.9 
128.1 
50.9 
61.6 
46.0 
16.8 
.- 
1.3 

0.4 
0.5 

1.3 
0.9 

168.4 
1.3 
98.8 
48.1 
74.0 
42.8 
19.4 
.- 
0.6 

0.2 
0.2 

1.9 
.- 

.- 
11.1 
.- 
8.9 
.- 
3.1 
.- 
136.5 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

Total
€m

168.4
12.4
98.8
57.0
74.0
45.9
19.4
136.5
0.6

0.2
0.2

1.9
.-

Total 
Allocated to discontinued operations 

479.3 
.- 

0.8 
2.7 

480.1 
2.7 

455.7 
(41.7) 

159.6 
.- 

615.3
(41.7)

Total relating to continuing operations 

479.3 

3.5 

482.8 

414.0 

159.6 

573.6

3.  emPloyee numbers & remuneration costs

 The average number of persons employed by the Group  (including executive Directors)  during the year, analysed by category, 
was as follows:-

2010 
number 

2009
Number

Production 
Sales & marketing 
Distribution 
Administration 

Total 

248 
219 
99 
116 

682 

The actual number of persons employed by the Group as at 28 February 2010 was 1,077 (28 February 2009: 673).

The aggregate remuneration costs of these employees can be analysed as follows:-

  Wages, salaries and other short term employee benefits 

Severance costs (note 5) 
Social welfare costs 
Retirement benefit obligations – defined benefit schemes (note 22) 
Retirement benefit obligations – defined contribution schemes 
Equity settled share-based payments (note 4) 

Charged to the income statement 

Actuarial (gain)/loss on retirement benefit obligations (note 22) 

Total employee benefits 

6 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

210
250
138
102

700

2009
€m

39.3
10.4
3.7
2.2
1.0
0.4

2010 
€m 

37.9 
3.8 
3.9 
0.2 
2.6 
2.5 

50.9 

57.0

(16.7) 

41.6

34.2 

98.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  share-based Payments

 in May 2004, the Group established an equity settled Executive Share Option Scheme under which options to purchase shares 
in C&C Group plc are granted to certain executive Directors and members of management. Under the terms of the scheme, 
the options are exercisable at the market price prevailing at the date of the grant of the option. The maximum grant that can 
normally be made to any individual in any one year is an award of 150% of basic salary in that year. Options were granted in 
May 2004, in June of each year from 2005 through to 2008, and in May 2009 under this scheme. 

 Under this scheme, options will not normally be exercisable until three years after the date of grant and are subject to 
meeting a specific performance target. This performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before exceptional 
items) to increase by 5% in excess of the irish Consumer Price index over three years on a compound basis, in order for 
options to vest. if after the relevant three-year period (i.e. 3 years from date of grant) the performance target is not met the 
options lapse.

 in January 2006, the Group established a Long Term incentive Plan (LTiP) under the terms of which options to purchase 
shares in C&C Group plc are granted at nil cost to certain key executive employees. Options under this scheme were granted 
in January 2006 and in June of each year from 2006 through to 2008. 

 Under this plan, awards of up to 100% of basic salary may be granted. For the shares to vest fully, total shareholder return 
(TSR) must be in the top quartile of a comparator group over a three-year period. None of the award vests for below median 
performance. 30% of the award vests for median performance with straight-line pro-rating between the median and upper 
quartile. in addition to the total shareholder return condition, earnings per share growth (before exceptional items) must 
increase by 5% in excess of the irish Consumer Price index on a compound basis over the same three-year period. if at the 
end of the relevant period both these conditions are not met the options lapse. 

 in 2001, the Group entered into an agreement with trade unions representing the majority of its employees, which provided for 
the establishment of an approved save as you earn scheme and of an approved profit sharing scheme. A discretionary scheme 
was put in place for the year ended 28 February 2007. Under this scheme, due to exceptional earnings per share growth in 
that year, the Remuneration Committee and the Board approved and granted to employees shares to the value of between 
3% and 4% of basic salary remuneration to employees subject to a minimum allocation of €1,000 per employee. The cost, 
which was reflected in the income statement in the year ended 28 February 2007, was €2.5m. The Group purchased 189,061 
shares and placed these shares in irish/UK Revenue approved employee trusts where they are held in trust on behalf of each 
employee and where each employee has full voting rights and dividend entitlements. However, tax penalties apply should the 
employees sell the shares before the vesting period expires. There is no allocation of shares under this scheme proposed for 
the current financial year. Participating employees to whom these shares are awarded are entitled to all dividends declared 
and have full voting rights while the shares are held in the trusts.

 in December 2008, shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting approved the establishment of a Joint Share Ownership 
Plan (JSOP) where certain employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Plan at the 
discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Under this plan, interests in the form of a restricted interest in ordinary shares in 
the Company are awarded to certain key executives on payment upfront to the Employee Benefit Trust of funding equal to 10% 
of the issue price on the acquisition of the interest. 

 The vesting of interests granted is subject to the following conditions. All of the interests are subject to a time vesting 
condition with one-third of the interest in the shares vesting on the first anniversary of acquisition, one-third on the second 
anniversary and the final one-third on the third anniversary. in addition, half of the interests in the shares will be subject to 
a pre-vesting share price target. in order to benefit from those interests the Company’s share price must be greater than 
€2.50 for 13,800,000 of the interests awarded and €4.00 for 2,200,000 of the interests awarded for at least 20 days out of 40 
consecutive dealing days during the five-year period commencing on the date of acquisition of the interest. 

 When an interest vests, the trustees will transfer shares to the participant of equal value to the participant’s interest on 
receipt of payment of the residual 90% from the participant or if requested by the participant, the shares will be sold on the 
participants behalf and the trustee will account to the participant for the balance i.e. the difference between the net sale 
proceeds and the Hurdle value (balance (90%) of the issue price on the acquisition of the interest).

 in February 2010, the Group established a Restricted Share Award Scheme under the terms of which options to purchase 
shares in C&C Group plc are granted at nil cost to certain key executive employees. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

6 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

4.  share-based Payments (CONTiNUED)

 The vesting conditions for these awards are similar to those for the JSOP award in that half of the awards will vest one-third 
on each anniversary of date of grant subject to continued employment only and half will vest on the later of the achievement 
of the performance condition and the third anniversary of the award date subject to meeting a €4.00 share price target and 
continued employment. 

 The fair values assigned to the options granted were computed in accordance with a trinomial valuation methodology, 
the fair value of the LTiP options granted were computed in accordance with a stochastic model and the fair value of the 
interests awarded under the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Award Plan were computed using a Monte 
Carlo simulation. As per iFRS 2 Share-based Payment, market based vesting conditions, such as the LTiP TSR condition 
and the share price target conditions in the Joint Share Ownership Plan and the Restricted Share Award Plan, have been 
taken into account in establishing the fair value of equity instruments granted. Other non-market or performance related 
conditions were not taken into account in establishing the fair value of equity instruments granted, instead these non-market 
vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the measurement 
of the transaction amount so that, ultimately the amount recognised for services received as consideration for the equity 
instruments granted is based on the number of equity instruments that eventually vest. 

The main assumptions used in the valuations were as follows:-

restricted 
shares 
granted 
feb 2010 

€0.00 
1.5% 
46.3% 
1 - 3 years 
2.2% 

Exercise price 
Risk free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected life 
Dividend yield 

JsoP 
granted 
december 
2009 

executive 
JsoP 
options 
granted 
June 
granted 
2009  may 2009 

 JsoP 
granted 
december 
2008 

ltiP 
options 
granted 
Jun 2008 

executive
options
granted
Jun 2008

€2.47 
0.7% – 1.7% 

€1.15 
0.9% - 2.0% 
44.7% - 52.9%  43.3% - 48.4% 
1 - 3 years 
2.6% 

1 - 3 years 
2.2% 

€1.94 
3.8% 
43.5% 
7 years 
3.09% 

€1.15 
2.12% - 2.54% 
41.6% - 47.8% 
1.7 - 3.0 years 
6.00% 

€0.00 
n/a 
45.70% 
3.5 years 
5.19% 

€5.11
4.33%
27.30%
7 years
5.19%

Details of the shares and share options granted under these schemes together with the share option expense are as follows:

grant date 

number of 
options/equity 
interests 
granted 

vesting 
period 

outstanding 
at 28 feb 10 

  market 
grant 
value at 
price  grant date 
€ 

€ 

fair value 
at grant 
date 
€ 

expense in
income statement
2010 
2009
€m 
€m

13 May 2004 
20 June 2005 
12 Jan 2006 (LTiP) 
15 June 2006 
15 June 2006 (LTiP) 
13 June 2007 
13 June 2007 (LTiP) 
13 June 2008 
13 June 2008 (LTiP) 
18 December 08 (JSOP) 
13 May 2009 
03 June 2009 (JSOP) 
17 December 2009 (JSOP) 
26 February 2010 Restricted Shares 

224,700 
4,914,900 
3 years 
130,700 
1,708,200 
3 years 
- 
44,365 
3 years 
104,100 
846,900 
3 years 
- 
127,600 
3 years 
134,800 
318,500 
3 years 
30,700 
82,100 
3 years 
385,600 
1,013,700 
3 years 
3 years 
- 
59,600 
3 years  12,800,000  12,800,000 
4,296,700 
4,336,300 
3 years 
1,000,000 
1,000,000 
3 years 
2,200,000 
2,200,000 
3 years 
429,148 
429,148 
3 years 

2.26 
3.56 
- 
6.52 
- 
11.53 
- 
5.11 
- 
1.15 
1.94 
1.15 
2.47 
- 

2.26 
3.56 
5.53 
6.52 
6.52 
11.53 
11.53 
5.11 
5.11 
1.315 
1.94 
2.32 
2.76 
2.70 

0.49 
0.72 
4.63 
1.24 
4.48 
2.76 
5.26 
0.98 
3.38 
0.16 - 0.21 
0.72 
1.01–1.09 
0.11–0.16 
2.23-2.65 

APSS Scheme  

  29,881,313  21,736,448 
- 

189,061 

  30,070,374  21,736,448 

11.39 

11.39 

11.39 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1.1 
0.8 
0.5 
0.1 
- 

2.5 
- 

2.5 

-
0.1
-
0.1
-
-
-
-
-
0.2
-
-
-
-

0.4
-

0.4

6 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.  share-based Payments (CONTiNUED)

 The amount charged to the income statement in respect of the above award grants assumes that all outstanding options granted 
during 2009 will vest and all qualifying conditions will be achieved. All outstanding options granted during 2006 vested in June 
2009. Given that, in order for options to vest, the non-market performance target requires the Group’s earnings per share (before 
exceptional items) to increase by 5% in excess of the irish Consumer Price index over three years on a compound basis, and that 
adjusted basic EPS for the year ended 29 February 2008 fell by 41% and fell a further 21% for the year ended 28 February 2009, 
the Directors consider the likelihood of achieving the non-market vesting conditions for the 2007 and 2008 options and LTiPs as 
remote and therefore it is currently assumed that no options granted during 2007 and 2008 will vest, with the exception of the 
JSOP awards issued in December 2008 as these are not subject to earnings per share growth targets.

 The amount charged to the income statement during the prior year includes an accelerated charge of €0.1m in relation to 
employees leaving the Group as part of a restructuring programme for share option grants where the underlying conditions 
were deemed to have been met at the date of departure. These employees were deemed ‘good leavers’ under the terms of the 
scheme, with all share options granted deemed to have vested and the exercise period reduced from 4 years to 6 months.

  A summary of activity under the Group’s share option schemes and Joint Share Ownership Plan together with the weighted 
average exercise price of the share options is as follows:

2010 

2009

number of 
options/ 
equity interests 

weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
€m 

Number of 
options 

Outstanding at beginning of year 

15,263,000 

1.72 

4,571,365 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited / lapsed 

7,965,448 
(432,800) 
(1,059,200) 

1.99 
2.26 
5.22 

13,873,300 
(156,500) 
(3,025,165) 

outstanding at end of year 

21,736,448 

1.60 

15,263,000 

The number of share options exercisable at 28 February 2010 was 4,726,167 (2009: 1,026,800).

Weighted
average
exercise
price
€m

3.61

1.43
2.94
3.14

1.72

 The unvested options outstanding at 28 February 2010 have a weighted average vesting period outstanding of 2.2 years. The 
weighted average contractual life of vested and unvested share options is 6.1 years. 

 The weighted average share price at date of exercise of all options exercised during the period was €2.59 (2009: €4.07), the average 
share price for the year was €2.31 (2009: €2.64) and the share price as at 28 February 2010 was €2.71 (28 February 2009: €0.94).

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

6 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

5.  excePtional items

Restructuring costs 
Retirement benefit obligations 
inventory write-down 
Gain on mark to market of derivative financial instruments  
Revaluation of property, plant & machinery 
integration costs 
Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax 

total 
Allocated to discontinued operations (note 8) 

total relating to continuing operations 

(a)  Restructuring costs

2010 
€m 

3.8 
(3.1) 
.- 
.- 
.- 
1.9 
(1.8) 

0.8 
2.7 

2009
€m

13.5
(1.5)
11.1
(3.8)
136.5
.-
(0.8)

155.0
0.8

3.5 

155.8

 Restructuring costs, comprising severance and other initiatives arising from cost cutting initiatives implemented during 
the financial year and the integration of the acquired businesses, resulted in an exceptional charge before taxation of 
€3.8m (2009: €13.5m). 

 During the prior year, the Group announced a reorganisation and cost reduction programme with the objective of reducing 
operating costs by realigning the cost structure to the sales volume base and streamlining the Group’s organisational 
structure thereby improving cost competitiveness, involving a head count reduction in the region of 154 people. 
Restructuring costs, comprising severance and other initiatives, including the costs associated with consolidating the 
Group’s Dublin operations into a single location, resulted in an exceptional charge before taxation of €13.5m in that year. 

(b)  Retirement benefit obligations

 The exceptional gain relates to a pension curtailment gain of €3.4m, arising from the Group’s restructuring programme, 
which was announced in February 2009, and is reduced by a past service cost of €0.3m. There was insufficient information 
available at the year ended 28 February 2009 for the actuary to accurately value the impact of the restructuring 
programme on the Group’s retirement benefit obligations and hence no accounting entries were posted to the Group’s 
financial statements as at 28 February 2009.

 During the prior year, an exceptional net pension credit of €1.5m comprising a curtailment gain of €2.2m and past service 
costs of €0.7m arose as a result of a reduction in employee numbers following the Group’s head-office restructuring 
programme in that year. 

(c)  inventory write-down

 At 28 February 2009, the Group’s stock holding of apple juice at circa 36 months of forecasted future sales was deemed 
excessive in light of anticipated future needs, forward purchase commitments and useful life of the stock on hand. 
Accordingly, during the prior year the Group recorded an impairment charge in relation to excess apple juice stocks.

(d)  Gain on mark to market of derivative financial instruments  

 During the prior year, excess sterling hedge contracts with a notional value of Stg£24m were de-designated and 
the increase in fair value arising from the date of de-designation to the year-end date was accounted for within 
finance income. These gains were classified within exceptional items on the basis of materiality and the unforeseen 
circumstances giving rise thereto.

(e)  Revaluation of property, plant & machinery 

 During the prior year, the Group, as a result of current demand and forecasted levels of growth, reviewed the carrying 
value of its property and production facilities. Lisney and Sanderson Weatherall, valuers, were instructed to complete 
an external valuation as at 28 February 2009. Using the valuation methodologies outlined in note 13, this resulted in a 
net revaluation loss of €130.6m, of which a loss of €136.5m was accounted for in the income statement and a surplus 
of €5.9m arising on the revaluation of land in other comprehensive income. The current year valuations, carried out by 
management, did not result in either a revaluation gain or loss.

(f)  integration costs

 During the year, the Group completed the acquisition of the Tennents beer business including the rights to the Tennent’s 
brand worldwide (subject to a licence back of Tennent’s Super and Tennent’s Pilsner), the Wellpark Brewery in Glasgow and 
certain distribution rights in relation to AB inbev products in ireland, Northern ireland and Scotland and the UK cider assets 
of Constellation Brands inc and commenced the process of integrating these businesses with the Group’s existing business. 
The costs incurred to date of integrating the businesses have been classified as exceptional on the basis of materiality.

7 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.  excePtional items (CONTiNUED)
(g)  Profit on disposal of subsidiary

 During the current year, the Group settled all amounts outstanding in relation to dilapidation costs on the properties 
disposed of as part of the disposal of the Soft Drinks business in 2008 and released the excess provision to the income 
statement. The provision was originally classified as exceptional when it was charged through the income statement.

 During the prior year, the Group disposed of its wine & spirit distribution businesses in the Republic of ireland for a 
consideration of €11.4m realising a profit after tax of €0.2m, and in Northern ireland for a consideration of €3.7m 
resulting in a profit after tax of €0.6m. 

 The taxation implication of the exceptional items is a credit of €0.9m (2009: a credit of €14.2m to continuing operations 
in relation to the revaluation of the property and production facilities, the write-off of excess apple juice stocks, the costs 
associated with the Group restructuring and the gain on the dedesignation of excess sterling hedges).

6.  finance income and exPense

recognised in income statement 
Finance income: 
interest income on bank deposits 
Loss/(gain) on mark to market of derivative financial  
instruments arising on surplus sterling hedges (note 23) 
Fair value changes on non-hedge accounted derivative financial instruments 
ineffective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Total finance income 

Finance expenses: 
interest expense on interest bearing borrowings  
Expense/(income) arising on interest rate swaps designated as cash  flow hedges against interest exposure 
ineffective portion of change in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Total finance expense 

  net finance expense 

recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedge 
Fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income statement 
Deferred tax on cash flow hedges recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
Foreign currency translation differences arising on the net investment in foreign operations 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

(1.3) 

(1.3)

0.2 
(0.7) 
(0.2) 

(3.8)
.-
(1.0)

(2.0) 

(6.1)

4.9 
4.4 
(0.1) 

9.2 

7.2 

(3.7) 
(0.4) 
0.6 
5.8 

13.5
(0.7)
(0.1)

12.7

6.6

5.6
(26.9)
2.2
(1.6)

  net income/(expense) recognised directly in other comprehensive income 

2.3 

(20.7)

7. 

income tax 

(a)  analysis of charge in year recognised in the income statement 

Current tax:  
irish corporation tax 
Foreign corporation tax 
Adjustment in respect of previous years 

Deferred tax:  
irish 
Foreign 

Total income tax expense/(credit) recognised in income statement 
Allocated to discontinued operations 

total relating to continuing operations 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

4.7 
1.6 
(0.2) 

6.1 

1.2 
0.7 

1.9 

8.0 
.- 

8.0 

5.9
2.3
(1.4)

6.8

(10.6)
.-

(10.6)

(3.8)
(0.2)

(4.0)

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

7 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

7. 

income tax (CONTiNUED)

 The tax assessed for the year is different from that calculated at the standard rate of corporation tax in the Republic of 
ireland, as explained below.

Profit /(loss) before tax from continuing operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 
Profit on disposal of discontinued operations 

Tax at standard rate of corporation tax in the Republic of ireland of 12.5% 
Actual tax charge is affected by the following: 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Deferred tax provided for at a different rate from the standard corporation tax rate* 
Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings   

  Manufacturing relief 
Other differences 

total income tax  

(b)  deferred tax recognised directly in equity 

Deferred tax arising on movement in defined benefit pension obligations 
Deferred tax arising on movement in derivatives designated as cash flow hedges 

2010 
€m 

78.8 
2.7 
.- 

2009
€m

(65.8)
0.1
1.0

81.5 

(64.7)

10.2 

(8.1)

1.0 
(0.2) 
(2.1) 
0.8 
(1.3) 
(0.4) 

2.7
(1.4)
2.9
1.5
(1.4)
.-

8.0 

(3.8)

2.1 
(0.6) 

(5.7)
(2.2)

1.5 

(7.9)

*  in 2009 deferred tax in relation to the Group’s exceptional write-down of property, plant & machinery had been recognised at the tax rates then applying. Taking 

into account the expiration of manufacturing relief on 31 December 2010, this deferred tax has now been recognised at the standard corporation tax rate.

(c)  factors that may affect future charges
  Manufacturing relief in the Republic of ireland is due to expire on 31 December 2010.

8.  discontinued oPerations

 During the prior year, the Group completed the disposal of its wine & spirit distribution business in the Republic of ireland 
to a subsidiary of DCC plc in September 2008 and on 26 February 2009 agreed the disposal of its wine & spirit distribution 
business in Northern ireland to Golf Holdings Limited.

 in line with iFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, depreciation was not charged on property, 
plant & equipment held in these businesses from the date the assets were classified as ‘held for sale’ and the businesses are 
presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented and are shown separately from continuing operations. 

results of discontinued operations 

Revenue 
Expenses, net 

Results from discontinued operations before tax 
income tax expense 

Results from discontinued operations  
Gain on sale of discontinued operations 
income tax expense 

Profit from discontinued operations (net of income tax) 

7 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

.- 
2.7 

2.7 
.- 

2.7 
.- 
.- 

2.7 

41.8
(41.7)

0.1
.-

0.1
1.0
(0.2)

0.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.  discontinued oPerations (CONTiNUED)

The profit attributed to discontinued activities in the current financial year relates to:-

(a)   a pension curtailment gain of €0.9m. There was insufficient information available at 28 February 2009 for the actuary 
to accurately value the impact of the disposal in that year on the Group’s retirement benefit obligations and hence no 
accounting entries were posted to the Group’s financial statements in that financial year, 

(b)   the release of an excess provision to the income statement of €1.8m associated with the settlement by the Group of all 
amounts outstanding in relation to dilapidation costs on the properties disposed of as part of the disposal of the Soft 
Drinks business in 2008.

cash flows from discontinued operations 

  Net cash outflow from operating activities 
  Net cash inflow from investing activities 

  Net cash inflow from discontinued operations 

effect of disposal on the financial position of the group 

Property, plant & equipment 
inventories 
Trade & other receivables 
Trade & other payables 

  Net assets and liabilities disposed of 

Consideration receivable 
Costs of disposal payable 

  Net proceeds receivable 

Profit arising on disposal before tax 
Tax payable 

Profit arising on disposal after tax 

9.  dividends

  Dividends paid 

Final: paid 3.0c per ordinary share in September 2009 (2009: 15.0c paid in July 2008) 
interim: paid 3.0c per ordinary share in December 2009 (2009: 6.0c paid in December 2008)  

total equity dividends 

Settled as follows: 
Paid in cash 
Scrip dividend 

2010 
€m 

(3.2) 
2.1 

2009
€m

0.4
12.9

(1.1) 

13.3

 Wines 
 & spirits
2009
€m

2010 
€m 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

2010 
€m 

9.5 
9.5 

19.0 

14.7 
4.3 

19.0 

0.1
8.5
10.4
(5.4)

13.6

15.1
(0.5)

14.6

1.0
(0.2)

0.8

2009
€m

47.0
18.8

65.8

60.2
5.6

65.8

 The Directors have proposed a final dividend of 3.0c per share (2009: 3.0c), which is subject to shareholder approval at the 
AGM, giving a proposed total dividend for the year of 6.0c per share (2009: 9.0c). 

 Dividends of 6.0c were charged to the income statement in the year ended 28 February 2010 (2009: 21.0c).

Dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as a liability at the balance sheet date.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

7 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

10. earnings Per ordinary share

Earnings/(loss) as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 5) 

Earnings as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

  Number of shares at beginning of year  

Shares issued in lieu of dividend 
Shares issued in respect of options exercised 
Shares issued and held in trust in respect of joint share ownership plan 

  number of shares at end of year 

  Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic) 
Adjustment for the effect of conversion of options 

  Weighted average number of ordinary shares, including options (diluted) 

basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

  continuing operations 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 5) 

Earnings from continuing operations as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

  discontinued operations 

Earnings from discontinued operations as reported 
Adjustment for exceptional items, net of tax (note 5) 

Earnings from discontinued operations as adjusted for exceptional items, net of tax 

basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share  
Adjusted basic earnings per share  

diluted earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  
Adjusted diluted earnings per share  

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

73.5 
(0.1) 

(60.9)
140.8

73.4 

79.9

number 
‘000 

Number
‘000

328,583 
1,852 
433 
3,200 

312,993
2,634
156
12,800

334,068 

328,583

316,763 
7,000 

313,925
94

323,763 

314,019

cent 
23.2 
23.2 

22.7 
22.7 

€m 
70.8 
2.6 

Cent
(19.4)
25.5

(19.4)
25.4

€m
(61.8)
141.6

73.4 

79.8

cent 
22.4 
23.2 

Cent
(19.7)
25.4

21.9 
22.7 

(19.7)
25.4

€m 
2.7 
(2.7) 

.- 

cent 
0.9 
.- 

0.8 
.- 

€m
0.9
(0.8)

0.1

Cent
0.3
.-

0.3
.-

 Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding ordinary shares purchased/issued by the Company and held as 
treasury shares (at 28 February 2010: 16m shares; at 28 February 2009: 12.8m shares). 

7 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. earnings Per ordinary share (CONTiNUED)

 Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume 
conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of 
calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based on quoted market prices for the period of the year that the options 
were outstanding.

 Employee share options, which are performance-based, are treated as contingently issuable shares because their issue 
is contingent upon satisfaction of specified performance conditions in addition to the passage of time. in accordance with 
iAS 33 Earnings per Share, these contingently issuable shares (totalling 551,100 at 28 February 2010 and 1,004,800 at 28 
February 2009) are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share where the vesting conditions would not 
have been satisfied as at the end of the reporting period. Vesting of shares awarded under the Joint Share Ownership Plan 
(totalling 1,100,000 at 28 February 2010 and 6,400,000 at 28 February 2009) is also contingent upon satisfaction of specified 
performance conditions and these have also been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. 

11. business combinations

The acquisitions completed during the year ended 28 February 2010, together with the completion dates, were as follows:

- 

-   

 the assets and goodwill of the Tennents beer business including the rights to the Tennent’s brand worldwide (with the 
exception of Tennent’s Super and Tennent’s Pilsner), the Wellpark Brewery in Glasgow and certain distribution rights in 
relation to AB inbev products in ireland, Northern ireland and Scotland. This acquisition was completed on 28 September 
2009.
 the assets and goodwill of the Gaymer Cider business, an established manufacturer and supplier of cider in the UK, 
including the rights to the Gaymers, Blackthorn, Olde English and other brands. This acquisition was completed on 15 
January 2010.

 Both acquisitions were structured as purchases of trade and net assets rather than shares and the book values of the assets 
and liabilities acquired, determined in accordance with iFRS before completion of the business combinations, together with 
the fair value adjustments made to those carrying values, were as follows:-

tennents 

Property, plant & equipment 
Brands & other intangible assets 
inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other receivables – non current 
Trade & other payables 
Deferred tax assets 

fair
book 
values 
value  adjustments 
€m 

€m 

47.4 
.- 
6.1 
49.9 
24.3 
(25.0) 
.- 

18.1 
70.8 
(0.1) 
(0.5) 
(0.7) 
.- 
0.5 

total 
€m

65.5
70.8
6.0
49.4
23.6
(25.0)
0.5

  net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired   

102.7 

88.1 

190.8

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

satisfied by: 
Cash (incl acquisition costs) 
Outstanding acquisition costs  
Deferred consideration 

total consideration 

25.7 

25.7

113.8 

216.5

185.4
0.3
30.8

216.5

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

7 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

11. business combinations (CONTiNUED)

gaymers 

Property, plant & equipment 
Brands 
inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions  
Deferred tax liability 

  net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired   

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

satisfied by: 
Cash 
Outstanding acquisition costs 
Outstanding working capital settlement * 

total consideration 

fair
book 
values 
value  adjustments 
€m 

€m 

31.5 
.- 
12.5 
1.4 
(2.4) 
.- 
.- 

43.0 

4.3 
10.9 
.- 
.- 
.- 
(5.3) 
(4.5) 

5.4 

3.7 

9.1 

total 
€m

35.8
10.9
12.5
1.4
(2.4)
(5.3)
(4.5)

48.4

3.7

52.1

52.3
1.5 
(1.7)

52.1

*  the outstanding working capital settlement relates to a refund of the purchase price of €1.7m to reflect ‘normalised’ working capital as set out in the Asset 

Purchase Agreement, which was received after the year end.

total 

Property, plant & equipment 
Brands & other intangible assets 
inventories 
Trade & other receivables – current 
Trade & other receivables – non current 
Trade & other payables 
Provisions  
Deferred tax liability 

fair
book 
values 
value  adjustments 
€m 

€m 

78.9 
.- 
18.6 
51.3 
24.3 
(27.4) 
.- 
.- 

22.4 
81.7 
(0.1) 
(0.5) 
(0.7) 
.- 
(5.3) 
(4.0) 

total 
€m

101.3
81.7
18.5
50.8
23.6
(27.4)
(5.3)
(4.0)

  net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired   

145.7 

93.5 

239.2

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

satisfied by: 
Cash 
Outstanding acquisition costs 
Outstanding working capital settlement 
Deferred consideration 

total consideration 

. 

. 

29.4 

29.4

122.9 

268.6

237.7
1.8
(1.7)
30.8

268.6

  No contingent liabilities were recognised on the business combinations completed during the financial year.

 The initial assignment of fair values to identifiable net assets acquired has been performed on a provisional basis in respect 
of the business combinations above given the timing of closure of these transactions. Any amendments to these fair values 
within the twelve month timeframe from the date of acquisition will be dealt with in the 2011 Annual Report as stipulated by 
iFRS 3 Business Combinations.

7 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. business combinations (CONTiNUED)

The post acquisition impact of acquisitions completed during the year on Group profit for the financial year was as follows:-

Revenue 
Operating Costs 

Operating Profit 
income tax expense 

results from acquired businesses 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

 122.4 
(116.1) 

6.3 
(0.7) 

5.6 

.-
.-

.-
.-

.-

 The proforma revenue and profit of the Group for the financial year determined in accordance with iFRS as though the 
acquisition date for the business combinations effected during the year had been the beginning of that year, the revenue and 
profit of which are determined on a carve out basis, would be as follows:-

Revenue 
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders 

12. goodwill & intangible assets 

cost 
At 1 March 2008 
  Movement in year 

At 28 February 2009 

Arising on acquisition 
Translation adjustment 

At 28 February 2010 

Amortisation 

2010 
Proforma 
€m 

2009
Proforma
€m

843.0 
92.8 

.-
.-

goodwill 
 €m 

brands 
€m 

 394.7 
.- 

394.7 

.- 
.- 

.- 

29.4 
(0.1) 

80.2 
1.9 

other
intangible
assets 
€m 

.- 
.- 

.- 

1.5 
0.1 

total
€m

394.7
.-

394.7

111.1
1.9

424.0 

82.1 

1.6 

507.7

.- 

.- 

.- 

.-

  net book value at 28 february 2010 

424.0 

82.1 

1.6 

507.7

  Goodwill

Goodwill has been attributed to operating segments (as identified under iFRS 8 Operating Segments) as follows:-

cost 
At 1 March 2008 

  Movement 

At 28 February 2009 
Arising on acquisition (note 11) 
Translation adjustment 

  cider - roi 
€m 

cider - gb  cider - row 
€m 

€m 

spirits & 
 liqueurs 
 €m 

tennents
beer 
€m 

116.5 
.- 

116.5 

.- 

187.1 
.- 

187.1 
3.7 
.- 

41.5 
.- 

49.6 
.- 

41.5 

49.6 

.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 
25.7 
(0.1) 

total
€m

394.7
.-

394.7
29.4
(0.1)

at 28 february 2010 

116.5 

190.8 

41.5 

49.6 

25.6 

424.0

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

7 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

12. goodwill & intangible assets (CONTiNUED)

 Goodwill at 28 February 2009 consisted entirely of goodwill capitalised under irish GAAP which at the transition date to iFRS 
was treated as deemed cost. 

 Goodwill that arose on acquisitions during the current financial year is capitalised at cost and represents the synergies 
arising from cost savings and the opportunity to utilise the extended distribution network of the Group to leverage the 
marketing of the Group’s acquired products. All goodwill is regarded as having an indefinite life. 

 The goodwill arising on acquisition has been attributed to the Cider - GB and Tennents Beer operating segments. No goodwill 
has been attributed to the distribution segment as the Group considered that the goodwill generated on acquisition of the 
Tennents business from AB inbev is considered to be derived from purchased brands. 

 The requirement of iAS 36 impairment of Assets that the operating segments to which goodwill is allocated not be larger 
that an operating segment determined in accordance iFRS 8 Operating Segments has resulted in the allocation of goodwill 
previously classified as Cider into three segments, namely Cider – ROi, Cider - GB and Cider – ROW, and goodwill at 28 
February 2009 has been restated accordingly.

Goodwill is not subject to amortisation under iFRS but is subject to an annual impairment assessment.

  Brands

Brands have been attributed to operating segments (as identified under iFRS 8 Operating Segments) as follows:-

Arising on acquisition (note 11) 
Translation adjustment 

at 28 february 2010 

cider - gb  
€m 

tennents
beer 
€m 

10.9 
(0.1) 

69.3 
2.0 

total
€m

80.2
1.9

 10.8 

71.3 

82.1

 During the year ended 28 February 2010, the group acquired the Tennents beer brands and a number of cider brands, 
including Gaymers, Blackthorn and Olde English, as part of the acquisition of those businesses, further details of which 
are outlined in note 11. The acquired brands were valued at fair value on the date of acquisition in accordance with the 
requirements of iFRS 3 Business Combinations independent professional valuers.

 The acquired brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and therefore have not been amortised. The 
brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely in all major markets where they are sold and it is the 
Group’s policy to support them with the appropriate level of brand advertising. Accordingly the Directors believe that it is 
appropriate that the brands be treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.

  Other intangible assets

 Other intangible assets acquired by the Group during the current financial year comprise 20 year distribution rights for third 
party beer products. These were valued at fair value on the date of acquisition in accordance with the requirements of iFRS 
3 Business Combinations by independent professional valuers. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are subject to 
amortisation on a straight line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements. The amortisation charge for the year 
ended 28 February 2010 is less than €0.1m. 

impairment testing
 To ensure that goodwill and brands considered to have an indefinite useful economic life are not carried at above their 
recoverable amount, impairment reviews are performed comparing the carrying value of the assets with their recoverable 
amount using value-in-use computations. impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if there is an 
indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 For goodwill the recoverable amount is calculated in respect of each business segment which may comprise of more than 
one cash generating unit. The business segments represents the lowest levels within the Group at which the associated 
goodwill and indefinite life brands are monitored for management purposes and are not larger than the reported segments 
determined in accordance with iFRS 8 Operating Segments.

 Value-in-use is the recoverable amount calculated on the basis of estimated future cash flows discounted to present value 
and terminal values calculated on the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity. The key assumptions used in the 
value-in-use computations are the revenue and profit growth rate, the perpetuity growth rate and the discount rate applied to 
the estimated future cash flows.

7 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. goodwill & intangible assets (CONTiNUED)

 The forecasted cash flows for each business segment are based on detailed financial budgets, formally approved by the 
Board, for year one, management projected cash flows for the following four years and a terminal value on the assumption 
that cash flows for the first five years will increase at a nominal growth rate in perpetuity. Management forecasts are based 
on an assessment of anticipated market conditions for each segment equating to an average EBiT growth rate of 1% (2009: 
1%) per annum for all segments. A nominal growth rate of 2.5% (2009: 2.5%) in perpetuity was assumed based on an 
assessment of the likely long term growth prospects for the sectors in which the Group operates. The resulting cash flows, in 
both the current and previous financial year, were discounted to present value using a discount rate of 12% (2009: 12%)

  No impairment losses were recognised by the Group in the current or previous financial year. 

  Sensitivity analysis

 The impairment testing carried out at 28 February 2010 identified significant headroom in the recoverable amount of the 
brands and goodwill compared to their carrying values in all business segments. The key sensitivities for the impairment 
testing are the growth in revenue and the EBiT margin. No reasonable adjustments to the assumptions underlying the 
impairment testing models applied would result in any foreseeable risk of an impairment arising.

13. ProPerty, Plant & eQuiPment 

group 
cost or valuation 
At 1 March 2008 
Currency retranslation 
Additions 
Disposal of Wines & spirits 
Reclassification 
Revaluation loss 

At 28 February 2009 

Currency retranslation 
Acquisition of businesses (note 11) 
Additions 
Disposals 

at 28 february 2010 

depreciation 
At 1 March 2008 
Currency retranslation 
Charge for the year 
Disposal of Wines & spirits 
Reclassification 

At 28 February 2009 

Charge for the year 
Disposals 

at 28 february 2010 

  net book value 

at 28 february 2010 

At 28 February 2009 

land & 

Plant & 
buildings  machinery 
€m 

€m 

motor 
 vehicles 
 & other  
 equipment 
€m 

49.2 
(0.1) 
2.8 
.- 
.- 
(28.0) 

222.4 
.- 
8.4 
.- 
(9.2) 
(102.6) 

29.9 
(0.2) 
7.7 
(0.6) 
9.2 
.- 

total
€m

301.5
(0.3)
18.9
(0.6)
.-
(130.6)

23.9 

119.0 

46.0 

188.9

0.6 
47.8 
.- 
.- 

0.4 
37.1 
1.2 
.- 

0.4 
16.4 
4.5 
(1.5) 

1.4
101.3
5.7
(1.5)

72.3 

157.7 

65.8 

295.8

2.6 
.- 
2.1 
.- 
.- 

4.7 

0.5 
.- 

49.7 
.- 
13.5 
.- 
(6.7) 

22.1 
(0.1) 
3.8 
(0.5) 
6.7 

74.4
(0.1)
19.4
(0.5)
.-

56.5 

32.0 

93.2

10.7 
.- 

5.6 
(1.4) 

16.8
(1.4)

5.2 

67.2 

36.2 

108.6

67.1 

90.5 

29.6 

187.2

19.2 

62.5 

14.0 

95.7

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

7 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

13. ProPerty, Plant & eQuiPment (CONTiNUED) 
  No depreciation is charged on land, which had a book value of €12.7m at 28 February 2010 (28 February 2009: €8.5m). 

depreciated replacement cost – 28 february 2009
 During the financial year ended 28 February 2009, the Directors undertook a review to determine the appropriateness of the 
accounting policy applied in relation to the Group’s Cider production facility and related assets in light of the significant excess 
capacity levels at the production facility. 

 The Group’s accounting policy had been to measure all items of property, plant & equipment at historic cost or deemed cost 
less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses except for land, which is not depreciated. They concluded that it was no 
longer appropriate to measure the carrying value of these assets at historic or deemed cost. Accordingly, the Group changed 
its accounting policy to recognise property at open market value and plant & machinery assets at a revalued amount. 
Valuations were undertaken at 28 February 2009 in accordance with the requirement of the RiCS Valuation Standards, sixth 
edition and the international Valuation Standards.

 in light of the specialised nature of the plant & machinery assets and the lack of available evidence of open market value, 
the Group adopted a depreciated replacement cost approach. This methodology takes a gross current replacement cost 
for each class of plant & machinery and applies a depreciation factor to reflect both physical and functional obsolescence. 
An economic obsolescence factor is then applied to the net current replacement cost. This factor takes into account the 
anticipated capacity utilisation of plant relative to total available production capacity. The significant additional assumptions 
applied in valuing the plant & machinery includes useful lives and asset utilisations.

 Following the valuation exercise, the carrying value of land was increased and the resulting gain of €5.9m was credited 
directly to a revaluation surplus reserve within equity. The carrying value of buildings, plant & machinery was reduced and the 
resulting loss of €136.5m was recognised in the income statement.

 depreciated replacement cost – 28 february 2010
 An internal valuation was undertaken of all property, plant & machinery assets at 28 February 2010 that were valued under 
the depreciated replacement method in the prior year. As part of this valuation the Directors considered projected asset 
utilisations, changes in useful lives and obsolescence. The valuations resulted in no revaluation of this property, plant & 
machinery.

 The freehold property acquired by the Group during the year ended 28 February 2010 was valued by external valuer, Timothy 
Smith, BSc MRiCS - Gerard Eve LLP on an existing use basis and the acquired plant & machinery assets were valued by 
external valuer, D.R. Elston, FRiCS - Elston Sutton & Co using the depreciated replacement cost method of valuation. 
These valuations were undertaken in accordance with the requirements of RiCS Valuation Standards, sixth edition and the 
international Valuation Standards. Fixtures & fittings were not valued by external valuers.

14. financial assets

company 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

  Equity investment in subsidiary undertakings at cost 

At beginning of year 
Capital contribution in respect of share options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings (note 4)   

788.7 
2.5 

788.3
0.4

at end of year 

791.2 

788.7

 The total expense of €2.5m (2009: €0.4m) attributable to employee share options granted to employees of subsidiary 
undertakings has been included as a capital contribution in financial assets. 

 in the opinion of the Directors, the shares in the subsidiary undertakings are worth at least the amounts at which they are 
stated in the balance sheet. Details of subsidiary undertakings are set out in note 30.

15. inventories

group 
Raw materials & consumables 
Finished goods & goods for resale 

total inventories at lower of cost and net realisable value  

8 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

2010 
€m 

36.7 
18.0 

2009
€m

32.1
12.4

54.7 

44.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. inventories (CONTiNUED)

 inventory write-down recognised as an expense within operating costs amounted to €0.9m (2009: €12.4m). The prior year 
write-down predominantly represents an apple juice stock impairment charge of €11.1m that arose as a result of the write-
down of the Group’s surplus apple juice stocks. 

16. trade & other receivables

  Amounts falling due within one year: 

Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Prepayments and other receivables * 

  Amounts falling due after one year: 

Advances to customers 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

Total 

group 

company

2010 
€m 

81.7 
3.8 
40.3 

2009 
€m 

46.7 
.- 
11.2 

125.8 

57.9 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

.-
.-
.-

.-

19.8 
.- 

19.8 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
548.2 

.-
377.9

548.2 

377.9

145.6 

57.9 

548.2 

377.9

*  The Group has a Transitional Services Agreement with AB inbev for the provision of accounting services including cash collection and payment of liabilities. 

included in the prepayments balance is an amount of €29.9m being a net receivable from AB inbev in relation to cash collected on behalf of the Group but not 
transferred as at 28 February 2010. 

 The aged analysis of trade receivables and advances to customers analysed between amounts that were neither past due nor 
impaired and amounts past due at 28 February 2010 and 28 February 2009 were as follows:-

group 

  Neither past due nor impaired 

  Past due  

Past due 0-30 days 
Past due 31-120 days 
Past due 121-365 days 

  More than one year 

Total 

gross 
2010 
€m 

impairment 
2010 
€m 

Gross 
2009 
€m 

impairment
2009
€m

101.0 

.- 

38.3 

.-

3.1 
1.9 
0.8 
0.1 

.- 
(0.7) 
(0.8) 
(0.1) 

5.7 
2.8 
1.0 
0.4 

(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.5)
(0.4)

106.9 

(1.6) 

48.2 

(1.5)

 Trade receivables are on average receivable within 45 days of the balance sheet date, are unsecured and are not interest-
bearing. All advances to customers acquired on acquisition of the Tennent’s business were recorded at fair value and 
no additional provisions for impairment were created since the date of acquisition. The movement in the allowance for 
impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:-

group 
At beginning of year  
Recovered during the year 
Provided during the year 
De-recognised on disposal 
  Written off during the year 

At end of year 

2010 
€m 

1.5 
.- 
0.8 
.- 
(0.7) 

2009
€m

1.6
(0.1)
0.6
(0.3)
(0.3)

1.6 

1.5

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

8 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

17. trade & other Payables

Trade payables 
Payroll taxes & social security 
VAT  
Excise duty 
Accruals* 

Total 

group 

company

2010 
€m 

47.8 
1.3 
11.0 
12.3 
91.6 

2009 
€m 

16.1 
0.8 
0.5 
7.6 
39.6 

164.0 

64.6 

2010 
€m 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
0.4 

0.4 

2009
€m

.-
.-
.-
.-
0.2

0.2

*  The accruals balance includes deferred consideration of €30.8m payable to AB inbev on the first anniversary of completion of the acquisition of the irish, Northern 

irish and Scottish businesses & AB inbev (28 September 2010).

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade & other payables is disclosed in note 23.

company
 The Company has guaranteed the liabilities of all its subsidiary companies incorporated in the Republic of ireland. As at 28 
February 2010, the Directors consider these to be in the nature of insurance contracts and do not consider it probable that 
the Company will have to make a payment under these guarantees and as such accounts for them as a contingent liability as 
detailed in note 27.

18. Provisions  

At beginning of year 
Provided during the year 
Released during the year 
Arising on acquisition 
Utilised during the year 

At end of year 

Current 
  Non-current 

  Restructuring provision

 restructuring 
provision 
2010 
€m 

onerous 
lease 
2010 
€m 

other
provisions 
2010 
€m 

12.6 
3.8 
.- 
.- 
(14.2) 

3.1 
.- 
.- 
5.3 
(0.2) 

6.4 
0.9 
(1.8) 
.- 
(3.3) 

total 
2010 
€m 

22.1 
4.7 
(1.8) 
5.3 
(17.7) 

Total
2009
€m

12.7
14.7
.-
.-
(5.3)

2.2 

8.2 

2.2 

12.6 

22.1

8.4 
4.2 

20.8
1.3

12.6 

22.1

 The year-end restructuring provision relates primarily to severance costs arising from the integration of the acquired 
businesses with the Group’s existing business.

  Onerous lease

 The onerous lease provision relates to an onerous lease to which the Group remains committed following the consolidation of 
the Group’s Dublin offices into a single location, and a further onerous lease acquired as part of the acquisition of the Gaymer 
cider business. 

  Other provisions

 Other provisions primarily relate to: a provision for dilapidation costs on the properties disposed of as part of the disposal of 
the Soft drinks business (this was settled during the year and the excess provision of €1.8m released to the income statement 
and accounted for within discontinued activities, see note 5 for further details); and, a provision for the Group’s exposure to 
employee and third party insurance claims. Under the terms of employer and public liability insurance policies, the Group 
bears a portion of the cost of each claim up to the specified excess. The provision is calculated based on the expected portion 
of settlement costs to be borne by the Group in respect of specific claims arising before the balance sheet date.

8 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  interest bearing loans & borrowings 

group and company 

  non-current liabilities 

Unsecured bank loans repayable by instalments  
Unsecured bank loans repayable by bullet repayment on maturity 

current liabilities 

Unsecured bank loans repayable by instalments  

total borrowings 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

32.3 
429.4 

.-
309.2

461.7 

309.2

16.7 

16.7 

.-

.-

478.4 

309.2

 Unamortised issue costs of €1.8m (2009: €0.8m) have been netted against outstanding bank loans and are being amortised to 
the income statement on an effective interest rate basis. 

terms and debt repayment schedule

Unsecured bank loans  
Unsecured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans 

  currency 

nominal 
rates of 
interest 

year of 
maturity 

euro 
gbP 
gbP 

euribor + 0.35% 
libor + 2.75% 
libor + 2.75% 

2012 
2010 
2011 

2010 
carrying 
value 
€m 

430.0 
17.1 
33.1 

2009
Carrying
value
€m

310.0
.-
.-

480.2 

310.0

borrowing facilities
 The Group manages its borrowing ability by entering into committed borrowing agreements. During the financial year, the 
Group negotiated a new £60m debt facility and drew down £45m under the terms of the agreement to fund the acquisition of 
the Gaymer cider business. This facility, which is sterling denominated, is a committed revolving loan agreement repayable in 
instalments commencing on 30 June 2010 and with a final repayment date of 30 June 2011. The facility is subject to variable 
Libor interest rates plus a margin of 275bps. 

 The Group also has a euro denominated committed revolving loan agreement, which is repayable on the fifth anniversary of the 
date of the agreement (8 May 2012), and is subject to variable Euribor interest rates plus a margin, the level of which is dependent 
of the net debt: EBiTDA ratio, which for year ended 28 February 2010 was 35bps (year ended 28 February 2009: 35bps). 

 All bank loan agreements are guaranteed by a number of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings as outlined in note 27. The loan 
facility agreements allow the early repayment of debt without incurring additional charges or penalties. All bank loans are 
repayable in full on change of control of the Group. 

 Under the loan agreements the net proceeds arising from the disposal of part of the group’s business, in excess of an agreed 
deminimus, must be applied to repay outstanding loans and the available committed facility cancelled by that amount unless, 
in the case of non-core businesses (as defined in the facility agreement) only, such proceeds are reinvested within 12 months 
from the date of disposal. As a result, in the prior year €170m of the Group’s unutilised loan facility was cancelled. The net 
disposal proceeds arising on the potential disposal of the Spirits & Liqueurs business (see note 29) must be repaid and the 
available committed facility cancelled by that amount.

The Group’s debt facilities incorporate two financial covenants:
• 
• 

 interest cover: The ratio of EBiTDA to net interest for a period of 12 months ending on a half year date will not be less than 3.5:1
 Net debt/EBiTDA: The ratio of net debt on each half year date to EBiTDA for a period of 12 months ending on a half year 
date will not exceed 3.5:1

 The undrawn committed facilities available to the Group, which are subject to a commitment fee of 50% of the margin 
payable, as at 28 February 2010 amounted to £15m (2009: €120m).

Further information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign currency and liquidity risk is disclosed in note 23.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

8 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

20. analysis of net debt

group 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 

interest rate swaps (note 23) 

Group 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 

interest rate swaps (note 23) 

1 march  translation 
2009  adjustment 
 €m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
 €m 

non-cash  28 february
2010
 €m

changes 
€m 

309.2 
(83.0) 

226.2 
6.3 

(0.8) 
0.2 

(0.6) 
.- 

169.6 
(30.7) 

138.9 
4.3 

0.4 
.- 

478.4
(113.5)

0.4 
(5.7) 

364.9
4.9

232.5 

(0.6) 

143.2 

(5.3) 

369.8

1 March 
2008 
€m 

Translation 
adjustment 
 €m 

Cash 
flow 
 €m 

Non-cash  28 February
2009
 €m

changes 
€m 

288.9 
(32.7) 

256.2 
0.6 

.- 
0.3 

0.3 
.- 

20.0 
(50.6) 

(30.6) 
(0.8) 

0.3 
.- 

0.3 
6.5 

309.2
(83.0)

226.2
6.3

256.8 

0.3 

(31.4) 

6.8 

232.5

The non-cash changes relate to the amortisation of issue costs and movements in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

company 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps (note 23) 

Company 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps (note 23) 

1 march  translation 
2009  adjustment 
 €m 

€m 

cash 
flow 
 €m 

non-cash  28 february
2010
 €m

changes 
€m 

309.2 
6.3 

(0.8) 
.- 

169.6 
4.3 

0.4 
(5.7) 

478.4
4.9

315.5 

(0.8) 

173.9 

(5.3) 

483.3

1 March 
2008 
€m 

Translation 
adjustment 
 €m 

Cash 
flow 
 €m 

Non-cash  28 February
2009
 €m

changes 
€m 

288.9 
0.6 

289.5 

.- 
.- 

.- 

20.0 
(0.8) 

0.3 
6.5 

309.2
6.3

19.2 

6.8 

315.5

The non-cash changes relate to the amortisation of issue costs and movements in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

21. recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

2010 

2009

assets 
€m 

liabilities 
€m 

  net assets/ 
liabilities 
€m 

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/
liabilities
€m

7.6 
1.2 
.- 
2.8 
0.7 

.- 

(4.6) 
.- 
.- 

7.6 
1.2 
(4.6) 
2.8 
0.7 

7.3 
1.8 
.- 
5.8 
0.1 

12.3 

(4.6) 

7.7 

15.0 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

7.3
1.8
.-
5.8
0.1

15.0

group 
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROi trade related items 
Provision for UK trade related items 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial instruments 

8 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities (CONTiNUED)

company 
Derivative financial instruments 
interest free loans fair value adjustment 

analysis of movement in net deferred tax asset/liability

2010 

2009

assets 
€m 

liabilities 
€m 

  net assets/ 
liabilities 
€m 

Assets 
€m 

Liabilities 
€m 

  Net assets/
liabilities
€m

0.5 
8.0 

8.5 

.- 
.- 

.- 

0.5 
8.0 

8.5 

0.7 
8.0 

8.7 

.- 
.- 

.- 

0.7
8.0

8.7

  recognised  recognised 
on 

foreign

1 march 
2009 
€m 

in income 
statement 
€m 

 acquisition  movement 
€m 

€m 

currency  recognised  28 february
2010
in equity 
€m
€m 

group 
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROi trade related items 
Provision for UK trade related items 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Derivative financial instruments 

Group 
Property, plant & equipment 
Provision for ROi trade related items 
Defined benefit pension schemes 
Derivative financial instruments 

company 
Derivative financial instruments 
interest free loans fair value adjustment 

Company 
Derivative financial instruments 
interest free loans fair value adjustment 

There are no unrecognised deferred tax assets or liabilities.

7.3 
1.8 
.- 
5.8 
0.1 

0.3 
(0.6) 
(0.7) 
(0.9) 
.- 

.- 
.- 
(4.0) 
.- 
.- 

15.0 

(1.9) 

(4.0) 

.- 
.- 
.- 
(2.1) 
0.6 

7.6
1.2
(4.6)
2.8
0.7

(1.5) 

7.7

.- 
.- 
0.1 
.- 
.- 

0.1 

Foreign

  Recognised  Recognised 
on 

1 March 
2008 
€m 

in income 
statement 
€m 

 Acquisition  movement 
€m 

€m 

currency  Recognised  28 February
2009
in equity 
€m
€m 

(4.3) 
.- 
2.9 
(2.1) 

11.6 
1.8 
(2.8) 
.- 

(3.5) 

10.6 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 
5.7 
2.2 

7.9 

7.3
1.8
5.8
0.1

15.0

  recognised

1 march 

fair value 
2009  adjustment 
€m 

€m 

in income   recognised  28 february
2010
 in equity 
statement 
€m
€m 
€m 

0.7 
8.0 

8.7 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

(0.2) 
.- 

(0.2) 

0.5
8.0

8.5

  Recognised

1 March 
2008 
€m 

Fair value 
adjustment 
€m 

in income  Recognised  28 February
2009
 in equity 
statement 
€m
€m 
€m 

0.1 
8.0 

8.1 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

0.6 
.- 

0.6 

0.7
8.0

8.7

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

8 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

22. retirement benefit obligations

 The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes for employees in the Republic of ireland and in Northern 
ireland, all of which provide pension benefits based on final salary and the assets of which are held in separate trustee 
administered funds. The Group provides permanent health insurance cover for the benefit of its employees and separately 
charges this to the income statement.

 The pension scheme assets are held in separate trustee administered funds to meet long-term pension liabilities to past 
and present employees. The trustees of the funds are required to act in the best interest of the funds’ beneficiaries. The 
appointment of trustees to the funds is determined by the schemes’ trust documentation. The Group has a policy in relation 
to its principal staff pension fund that members of the fund should nominate half of all fund trustees.

All schemes are now closed to new members and the Executive Scheme is closed to future accrual.

 On disposal of the Soft drinks business to Britvic plc in August 2007, it was agreed that:-

- 

- 

 an amount equal to the actuarial value of the aggregate benefits payable under the defined benefit pension scheme to 
and in respect of the Republic of ireland transferring employees be transferred out of the C&C defined benefit pension 
schemes, and that,
 the Northern ireland defined benefit pension scheme would transfer to Britvic plc with Britvic plc agreeing to transfer 
an amount equal to the actuarial value of the aggregate benefits payable to the remaining C&C employees under the 
Northern ireland defined benefit pension scheme to a new pension scheme which will be salary-related contracted-out 
scheme for the purposes of the UK Pension Schemes Act 1993, and a registered pension scheme for the purposes of Part 
4 of the UK Finance Act 2004.

 The process of separating the pension schemes is now completed. The accounting treatment at the time of sale reflected the 
de-recognition of the assets and liabilities attributed to employees transferring to Britvic plc valued at best estimates by the 
Group’s actuaries, Mercer Human Resource Consulting. 

actuarial valuations – funding requirements
 As stated, independent actuarial valuations of the defined benefit schemes are carried out on a triennial basis using the 
projected unit credit method. The funding requirements in relation to the Group’s defined benefit schemes are assessed 
at each valuation date and are implemented in accordance with the advice of the actuaries. The most recently completed 
actuarial valuations of the main schemes were carried out on 1 January 2009. The actuarial valuations are not available for 
public inspection; however the results of the valuations are advised to members of the various schemes. 

 independent actuaries, Mercer Human Resource Consulting, have employed the projected unit credit method to determine 
the present value of the defined benefit obligations arising, the related current service cost and the funding requirements. 

assumptions 
 The financial assumptions that have the most significant impact on the results of the actuarial valuations are those relating 
to the discount rate used to convert future pension liabilities to current values and the rate of increase in salaries. These and 
other assumptions used are set out below.

 Mortality rates also have a significant impact on the actuarial valuations, as the number of deaths within the scheme have 
been too small to analyse and produce any meaningful scheme-specific estimates of future levels of mortality, the rates 
used have been based on the most up-to-date mortality tables, which in the case of Non Pensioners are 85% PA92(C=2030) 
medium cohort and in the case of Pensioners are 85% PA92(C=2015) medium cohort. These tables conform to best practice. 
The growing trend for people to live longer and the expectation that this will continue has been reflected in the mortality 
assumptions used for this valuation as indicated below. This assumption will continue to be monitored in the light of general 
trends in mortality experience. Based on these tables, the assumed life expectations on retirement are:

Future life expectations at age 65 

Current retirees – no allowance for future improvements 

Current retirees – with allowance for future improvements  

Future retirements – with allowance for future improvements 

8 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

2009
  no of years  No of years

2010 

Male 
Female 

Male 
Female 

Male 
Female 

18.5 
21.5 

21.6 
24.7 

22.8 
25.7 

18.5
21.5

20.7
23.8

21.8
24.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. retirement benefit obligations (CONTiNUED)
  Scheme liabilities: 

 The average age of active members is 43 and 44 years for the ROi staff and the UK defined benefit pension schemes 
respectively (the executive defined benefit pension scheme has no active members), while the average duration of liabilities 
ranges from 13 to 25 years.

 The principal long-term financial assumptions used by the Group’s actuaries in the computation of the defined benefit 
liabilities arising on pension schemes as at 28 February 2010 and 28 February 2009 are as follows:

Salary increases 
increases to pensions in payment 
Discount rate 
inflation rate 

  Scheme assets:

2010 

2009

roi 

uk 

ROi 

UK

0.00% - 3.00% 
3.00% 
5.40% 
2.00% 

4.45% 
2.50% 
5.75% 
3.50% 

3.70% 
3.00% 
5.50% 
2.25% 

4.20%
2.50%
6.50%
3.50%

 The long-term rates of return expected at 28 February 2010 and 28 February 2009, determined in conjunction with the Group’s 
actuaries and based on market expectations at the beginning of the year for investment returns over the entire life of the 
related obligation, analysed by the class of investments in which the schemes’ assets are invested, are as follows:

Equity 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2010 

roi 

uk 

2009
ROi

7.60% 
4.40% 
6.10% 
2.50% 

7.75% 
4.75% 
- 
0.50% 

9.40%
3.20%
6.20%
2.50%

 The assumption used is the average of the above assumptions appropriate to the individual asset classes weighted by the 
proportion of the assets in the particular asset class. The investment return on bonds has been based on market yield of 
the bond fund’s benchmark index at the balance sheet date. The assumed investment return on equities allows for a 3.50% 
‘equity risk premium’ over the 30 year government bond yield.

a. 

impact on group income statement

Analysis of defined benefit pension expense: 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Curtailment gains 
interest on scheme liabilities 
Expected return on scheme assets 

roi 
€m 

1.5 
0.2 
(3.4) 
8.3 
(6.8) 

2010 
uk 
€m 

0.2 
0.1 
.- 
0.2 
(0.1) 

total 
€m 

1.7 
0.3 
(3.4) 
8.5 
(6.9) 

ROi 
€m 

3.5 
0.7 
(2.2) 
8.2 
(8.1) 

2009
UK 
€m 

0.1 
.- 
.- 
0.2 
(0.2) 

Total
€m

3.6
0.7
(2.2)
8.4
(8.3)

total (income)/expense recognised in operating costs 

(0.2) 

0.4 

0.2 

2.1 

0.1 

2.2

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

8 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

22. retirement benefit obligations (CONTiNUED)

analysis of amount recognised in other comprehensive income

Actual return less
expected return
on scheme assets 
Experience gains
and losses on
scheme liabilities 
Effect of changes
in assumptions on
value of liabilities 
total pension gain
/(cost) recognised
in equity 

2010 
uk 
€m 

roi 
€m 

total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2009 
UK 
€m 

Total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2008 
UK 
€m 

Total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2007 
UK 
€m 

Total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2006
UK 
€m 

Total
€m

15.3 

0.6 

15.9 

(44.0) 

(0.8) 

(44.8) 

(26.9) 

(1.1) 

(28.0) 

3.8 

.- 

3.8 

21.3 

2.6 

23.9

3.2 

0.4 

3.6 

0.1 

(0.2) 

(0.1) 

4.4 

(0.4) 

4.0 

(2.7) 

.- 

(2.7) 

7.0 

(1.0) 

6.0

(2.0) 

(0.8) 

(2.8) 

3.2 

0.1 

3.3 

22.6 

3.4 

26.0 

3.6 

(3.2) 

0.4 

(30.3) 

(5.7) 

(36.0)

16.5 

0.2 

16.7 

(40.7) 

(0.9) 

(41.6) 

0.1 

1.9 

2.0 

4.7 

(3.2) 

1.5 

(2.0) 

(4.1) 

(6.1)

Scheme assets 
Scheme liabilities 

131.5 
(151.9) 

3.1  134.6  107.3 
(3.9) (155.8)  (151.8) 

2.2  109.5  123.8 
(3.2)  (155.0)  (150.6) 

3.3  127.1  182.7 
(3.7)  (154.3)  (216.6) 

22.4  205.1  178.7 
(40)  (256.6)  (223.1) 

20.1  198.8
(34.6)  (257.7)

deficit in the scheme  (20.4) 

(0.8)  (21.2) 

(44.5) 

(1.0) 

(45.5) 

(26.8) 

(0.4) 

(27.2) 

(33.9) 

(17.6) 

(51.5) 

(44.4) 

(14.5) 

(58.9)

The cumulative actuarial loss recognised to date in other comprehensive income is €39.3m (2009: €56.0m).

b. 

impact on group balance sheet
The net pension liability at 28 February 2010 is analysed as follows:

analysis of net pension deficit

Bid value of assets at end of year: 
Equity(i) 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

Attributed to disposal of Soft drinks business(ii) 

roi 
€m 

43.9 
56.3 
4.6 
26.7 

131.5 
.- 

2010 
uk 
€m 

1.6 
1.5 
.- 
.- 

3.1 
.- 

total 
€m 

45.5 
57.8 
4.6 
26.7 

ROi 
€m 

63.4 
19.7 
8.5 
42.2 

2009
UK 
€m 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

Total
€m

63.4
19.7
8.5
42.2

134.6 
.- 

133.8 
(26.5) 

.- 
2.2 

133.8
(24.3)

131.5 

3.1 

134.6 

107.3 

2.2 

109.5

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities 

(151.9) 

(3.9) 

(155.8) 

(151.8) 

(3.2) 

(155.0)

Deficit in the scheme 

(20.4) 

(0.8) 

(21.2) 

(44.5) 

(1.0) 

(45.5)

Related deferred tax asset 

2.6 

0.2 

2.8 

5.5 

0.3 

5.8

  Net pension liabilities 

(17.8) 

(0.6) 

(18.4) 

(39.0) 

(0.7) 

(39.7)

including a direct investment in C&C Group plc as at the year end of €nil (2009: €nil).

(i) 
(ii)   As at 28 February 2009 assets of €26.5m were held in trust for the benefit of employees in the Republic of ireland who 
transferred to Britvic plc. These assets were transferred to a comparable scheme established by Britvic plc during the 
current financial year. Assets of €2.2m were held in trust by Britvic plc for employees of the Group in Northern ireland. 
These assets were transferred to a new scheme set up by the Group during the current financial year.

8 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. retirement benefit obligations (CONTiNUED) 

reconciliation of scheme assets (bid values)

roi 
€m 

2010 
uk 
€m 

total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2009
UK 
€m 

Total
€m

Assets at beginning of year 

107.3 

2.2 

109.5 

123.8 

3.3 

127.1

  Movement in year 

Translation adjustment 
Expected return on assets 
Actual return less expected return on scheme assets 
Employer contributions 
  Member contributions 

Premiums paid 
Benefit payments 

assets at end of year 

.- 
6.8 
15.3 
7.4 
0.4 
(0.2) 
(5.5) 

.- 
0.1 
0.6 
0.4 
.- 
.- 
(0.2) 

.- 
6.9 
15.9 
7.8 
0.4 
(0.2) 
(5.7) 

.- 
8.1 
(44.0) 
25.1 
0.7 
(0.3) 
(6.1) 

(0.5) 
0.2 
(0.8) 
0.3 
.- 
.- 
(0.3) 

(0.5)
8.3
(44.8)
25.4
0.7
(0.3)
(6.4)

131.5 

3.1 

134.6 

107.3 

2.2 

109.5

The expected employer contributions to defined benefit schemes for year ending 28 February 2011 is €7.1m.

The scheme assets had the following investment profile at the year end:

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2010 

2009

roi 

ni 

ROi 

Ni

30.0% 
44.0% 
3.0% 
23.0% 

51.0% 
47.0% 
- 
2.0% 

47.0% 
15.0% 
6.0% 
32.0% 

75.0%
14.0%
1.0%
10.0%

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0%

reconciliation of actuarial value of liabilities 

roi 
€m 

2010 
uk 
€m 

total 
€m 

ROi 
€m 

2009
UK 
€m 

Total
€m

Liabilities at beginning of year 

151.8 

3.2 

155.0 

150.6 

3.7 

154.3

  Movement in year 

Translation adjustment 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Curtailment gains 
interest cost on scheme liabilities 

  Member contributions 

Actuarial (gain)/loss immediately recognised in equity 
Premiums paid 
Benefit payments 

.- 
1.5 
0.2 
(3.4) 
8.3 
0.4 
(1.2) 
(0.2) 
(5.5) 

.- 
0.2 
0.1 
.- 
0.2 
.- 
0.4 
.- 
(0.2) 

.- 
1.7 
0.3 
(3.4) 
8.5 
0.4 
(0.8) 
(0.2) 
(5.7) 

.- 
3.5 
0.7 
(2.2) 
8.2 
0.7 
(3.3) 
(0.3) 
(6.1) 

(0.6) 
0.1 
.- 
.- 
0.2 
.- 
0.1 
.- 
(0.3) 

(0.6)
3.6
0.7
(2.2)
8.4
0.7
(3.2)
(0.3)
(6.4)

liabilities at end of year 

151.9 

3.9 

155.8 

151.8 

3.2 

155.0

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

8 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

23. financial instruments and financial risk management
(a)  overview of risk exposures and risk management strategy

 The Group’s multinational operations expose it to various financial risks in the ordinary course of business that include credit 
risk, liquidity risk, currency risk and interest rate risk. The most significant exposures relate to changes in foreign exchange 
rates and interest rates as well as the creditworthiness of its counterparties. The Group has a risk management programme 
in place that seeks to limit the impact of these risks on the financial performance of the Group and it is the policy of the Group 
to manage these risks in a non-speculative manner.

 The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. This is executed through various committees to which the Board has delegated appropriate levels of authority as 
discussed further in the Corporate Governance section of this report on pages 32 to 38.

 The Board, through its Committees, has reviewed the process for identifying and evaluating the significant risks affecting the 
business and the policies and procedures by which these risks will be managed effectively. The Board has embedded these 
structures and procedures throughout the Group and considers these to be a robust and efficient mechanism for creating a 
culture of risk awareness at every level of management. 

 The Group’s overall risk management programme seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance from fluctuations in financial markets. The Group manages its risk exposures in part through the use of 
derivative financial instruments, where appropriate. All derivative contracts entered into are in liquid markets with credit 
rated parties. Treasury activities are performed within strict terms of reference that have been approved by the Board.

 This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the financial risks to which the Group is exposed; the 
Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks; and the Groups’ management of liquid 
resources. 

(b)  financial assets and liabilities

fair value
 The Group’s accounting policies require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and 
liabilities. Effective from 1 March 2009, the group adopted the amendment to iFRS 7 for financial instruments that are 
measured in the balance sheet at fair value; this requires disclosure, which is set out below, of fair value measurement by 
level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
• 

 Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, 
either directly or indirectly
 Level 3: techniques that use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on 
observable market data.

• 

 in determining fair values of assets and liabilities that differ from the carrying values, Level 2 techniques only have been used.

The carrying and fair values of financial assets and liabilities by category were as follows:

group 

28 february 2010 

financial assets: 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 

financial liabilities: 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

9 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

fair value 
through 
income 
statement 
 €m 

cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

loans & 
receivables 
€m 

  liabilities at 
 amortised 
cost 
 €m 

total 
carrying 
value 
 €m 

fair
value
 €m

.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 
(6.8) 

.- 

(6.8) 

.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 
.- 

.- 

.- 

113.5 
81.7 
23.6 

.- 
.- 
.- 

113.5 
81.7 
23.6 

113.5
81.7
23.6

.- 
.- 

.- 

(478.4) 
.- 
(139.4) 
(12.6) 

(478.4) 
(6.8) 
(139.4) 
(12.6) 

(452.2)
(6.8)
(139.4)
(12.6)

218.8 

(630.4) 

(418.4) 

(392.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED)

Group 

28 February 2009 

Financial assets: 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Derivative financial assets 
Trade receivables 

Financial liabilities: 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

company 

28 february 2010 

financial assets: 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

financial liabilities: 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Accruals 

Company 

28 February 2009 
Financial assets: 
Amounts due from Group undertakings 

Financial liabilities: 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Accruals 

Fair value 
through 
income 
statement 
 €m 

Cash flow 
hedges 
€m 

Loans & 
receivables 
€m 

  Liabilities at  
amortised 
cost 
 €m 

Total 
carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
Value
 €m

83.0
11.6
46.7

.- 
5.6 
.- 

.- 
(8.3) 
.- 
.- 

.- 
6.0 
.- 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

83.0 
.- 
46.7 

.- 
.- 
.- 

83.0 
11.6 
46.7 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

(309.2) 
.- 
(55.7) 
(22.1) 

(309.2) 
(8.3) 
(55.7) 
(22.1) 

(262.2)
(8.3)
(55.7)
(22.1)

(2.7) 

6.0 

129.7 

(387.0) 

(254.0) 

(207.0)

cash flow  
hedges 
€m 

liabilities 
loans &  at amortised 
cost 
 €m 

receivables 
€m 

total
carrying 
value 
 €m 

fair
value
 €m

.- 

548.2 

.- 

548.2 

548.2

.- 
(4.9) 
.- 

.- 
.- 
.- 

(478.4) 
.- 
(0.4) 

(478.4) 
(4.9) 
(0.4) 

(452.2)
(4.9)
(0.4)

(4.9) 

548.2 

(478.8) 

64.5 

90.7

Cash flow  
hedges 
€m 

Loans & 
receivables 
 €m 

  Liabilities at 
amortised 
cost 
 €m 

Total 
carrying 
value 
 €m 

Fair
value
 €m

.- 

377.9 

.- 

377.9 

377.9

.- 
(6.3) 
.- 

.- 
.- 
.- 

(309.2) 
.- 
(0.2) 

(309.2) 
(6.3) 
(0.2) 

(262.2)
(6.3)
(0.2)

(6.3) 

377.9 

(309.4) 

62.2 

109.2

 The carrying values of all derivative financial assets and liabilities held by the Group at 28 February 2010 and 28 February 
2009 were based on fair values arrived at using Level 2 techniques exclusively.

estimation of fair values 
 Set out below are the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of the financial assets and liabilities. 
There is no material difference between the fair value of these assets and liabilities and their carrying amount.

  Short term bank deposits and cash & cash equivalents

 The nominal amount of all short-term bank deposits and cash & cash equivalents is deemed to reflect fair value at the Balance Sheet date.

  Advances to Customers

 The nominal amount of all advances to customers, after provision for impairment, is considered to reflect fair value. The 
commercial rationale for such advances is to develop good customer relations rather than to make financial investments.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

9 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

Trade & other receivables/payables
 The nominal amount of all trade & other receivables/payables after provision for impairment is deemed to reflect fair value at 
the Balance Sheet date with the exception of Provisions and Amounts due from Group undertakings which are discounted to 
current value.

  Derivatives (interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts)

 The fair values of forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps are based on market prices and calculations supplied by 
the financial institutions, which are the counterparties to the contracts.

interest bearing loans & borrowings
 The fair value of all interest bearing loans & borrowings has been calculated by discounting all future cash flows to their present 
value using a market rate reflecting the Group’s cost of borrowing at the balance sheet date. All loans bear interest at floating rates.

(c)  accounting for derivatives and hedging activities 

group 

financial assets: current 
Forward exchange contracts 

financial liabilities: current 
interest rate swaps 
Forward exchange contracts 

financial liabilities: non-current 
interest rate swaps 

group 

company

2010 
€m 

2009 
€m 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

.- 

.- 

11.6 

11.6 

.- 

.- 

.-

.-

(2.7) 
(1.9) 

(3.0) 
(2.0) 

(2.7) 
.- 

(3.0)
.-

(4.6) 

(5.0) 

(2.7) 

(3.0)

(2.2) 

(3.3) 

(2.2) 

(3.3)

(2.2) 

(3.3) 

(2.2) 

(3.3)

 Derivatives are initially recorded at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured to fair 
value at reporting dates. The gain or loss arising on re-measurement is recognised in the income statement except where the 
instrument is a designated hedging instrument under the cash flow hedging model. 

 in order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Group is required to document the relationship between the item being hedged and 
the hedging instrument and demonstrate, at inception, that the hedge relationship will be highly effective on an ongoing basis. 
The hedge relationship must also be tested for effectiveness retrospectively and prospectively on subsequent reporting dates. 

 Gains and losses on cash flow hedges that are determined to be highly effective are recognised in a cash flow hedging 
reserve within equity to the extent that they are actually effective. When the forecasted transaction occurs, the gains or losses 
deferred in equity are released to the income statement. ineffective portions of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument are 
recognised in the income statement. 

 All interest rate swaps entered into by the Group and Company are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with iAS 
39 Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The Group has tested these hedging relationships and determined 
them to be highly effective, both prospectively and retrospectively. The actual level of ineffectiveness arising in such 
relationships is not material.

 The Group ordinarily seeks to apply the hedge accounting model to all forward currency contracts. These contracts are 
generally entered into to sell forward a portion of the Group’s highly probable Sterling, US and CAN dollar revenues in respect 
of which it has no natural hedge. A shortfall identified during the financial year ended 28 February 2009 in expected Sterling 
revenues compared to the forecast transactions originally hedged resulted in the Group having surplus contracts to sell 
Sterling. The Group ceased the application of hedge accounting in respect of the surplus contracts once the hedged forecast 
transactions could no longer be regarded as highly probable. Forward currency contracts entered into to purchase sterling 
to offset these contracts were not designated. All gains and losses arising on the de-designated contracts are recognised in 
the income statement from that point onwards, a gain of €3.8m was recognised in finance income in the income statement 
in this regard in the year ended 28 February 2009. in addition, gains and losses deferred in the cash flow hedge reserve are 
immediately recycled to the income statement to the extent that the original forecast transactions are no longer expected to 
occur. All fair value movements on contracts for which hedge accounting has not been applied are accounted for within the 
income statement. The impact of this resulted in a gain of €0.7m being recognised within finance income in the year ended 28 
February 2010.

9 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

 At 28 February 2010, the effective portion of gains and losses arising on derivative contracts have been deferred in equity only 
to the extent that they relate to highly probable forecast transactions and where all the hedge accounting criteria in iAS 39 
have been met.

(d)  credit risk

 Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers, its cash advances to customers 
and deposits and derivative contracts with banks. in the context of the Group’s operations, credit risk is mainly influenced by 
the individual characteristics of individual counterparties and is not deemed significant.

 The Group has detailed procedures for monitoring and managing the credit risk related to its trade receivables based on 
experience, customer track records and historic default rates. Generally, individual ‘risk limits’ are set by customer and risk is 
only accepted above such limits in defined circumstances. A strict credit assessment is made of all new applicants who request 
credit-trading terms. The utilisation and revision, where appropriate, of credit limits is regularly monitored. impairment provision 
accounts are used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At 
that point, the amount is considered irrecoverable and is written off directly against the trade receivable.

 Advances to customers are generally secured by, amongst others, rights over property or intangible assets, such as the 
right to take possession of the premises of the customer. interest rates calculated on repayment / annuity advances are 
generally based on the risk-free rate plus a margin, which takes into account the risk profile of the customer and value of 
security given. in some circumstances the interest rate charged may be reduced to reflect the margins earned by the Group 
from trading activity with that customer. The Group establishes an allowance for impairment of advances that represents its 
estimate of incurred losses.

 From time to time, the Group holds significant cash balances, which are invested on a short-term basis and disclosed under 
cash and cash equivalents in the Balance Sheet. it is Group policy to restrict the investment of these funds to banks with high 
credit ratings.

 The Company also bears credit risk in relation to amounts owed by Group undertakings and from guarantees provided in 
respect of the liabilities of wholly owned subsidiaries as disclosed in note 27.

 The carrying amount of financial assets, net of impairment provisions represents the maximum credit exposure. The 
maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:-

Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Forward exchange contracts  

group 

company

2010 
€m 

81.7 
23.6 
113.5 
.- 

2009 
€m 

46.7 
.- 
83.0 
11.6 

2010 
€m 

548.2 
.- 
.- 
.- 

2009
€m

377.9
.-
.-
.-

218.8 

141.3 

548.2 

377.9

 The ageing of trade receivables and advances to customers together with an analysis of movement in the Group impairment 
provisions against these receivables are disclosed in note 16. The Group does not have any significant concentrations of risk.

(e)  liquidity risk

 Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group or Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Liquid 
resources are defined as the total of cash & cash equivalents. The Group’s main liquidity risk relates to maturing debt. 
The Group’s policy is to ensure that sufficient resources are available either from cash balances, cash flows or committed 
bank facilities to meet all debt obligations as they fall due. To achieve this the Group (a) maintains adequate cash or cash 
equivalent balances; (b) prepares detailed 3 year cash projections; and (c) keeps refinancing options under review. in addition, 
the Group maintains an overdraft facility that is unsecured. Undrawn borrowings available to the Group at the Balance Sheet 
date amounted to £15m.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

9 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

 The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments and derivatives and excluding 
the impact of netting arrangements:-

group 

2010 

interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash inflows 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

carrying  contractual 
cash flows 
amount 
€m 
€m 

6 mths 
or less 
€m 

478.4 
4.9 
1.9 
.- 
139.4 
12.6 

(489.2) 
(6.6) 
(55.3) 
53.5 
(139.4) 
(23.9) 

(2.5) 
(1.6) 
(25.8) 
25.0 
(139.4) 
(5.6) 

6-12
mths 
€m 

(19.1) 
(1.9) 
(29.5) 
28.5 
.- 
(0.6) 

1-2 yrs 
€m 

>2 yrs
€m

(37.0) 
(2.1) 
.- 
.- 
.- 
(1.8) 

(430.6)
(1.0)
.-
.-
.-
(15.9)

total contracted outflows 

637.2 

(660.9) 

(149.9) 

(22.6) 

(40.9) 

(447.5)

2009 

interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash outflows 
FX forward contracts – gross cash inflows 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

Carrying  Contractual 
cash flows 
amount 
€m 
€m 

6 mths 
or less 
€m 

309.2 
6.3 
(9.6) 
.- 
55.7 
22.1 

(325.0) 
(9.5) 
(85.5) 
95.1 
(55.7) 
(22.1) 

(2.4) 
(1.9) 
(61.6) 
70.8 
(55.7) 
(20.8) 

6-12 
mths 
€m 

(2.3) 
(2.1) 
(23.9) 
24.3 
.- 
.- 

1-2 yrs 
€m 

>2 yrs
€m

(4.6) 
(2.9) 
.- 
.- 
.- 
(1.3) 

(315.7)
(2.6)
.-
.-
.-
.-

Total contracted outflows 

383.7 

(402.7) 

(71.6) 

(4.0) 

(8.8) 

(318.3)

company 

2010 

interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
Trade payables & accruals 

carrying  contractual 
cash flows 
amount 
€m 
€m 

6 mths 
or less 
€m 

478.4 
4.9 
0.4 

(489.2) 
(6.6) 
(0.4) 

(2.5) 
(1.6) 
(0.4) 

6-12 
mths 
€m 

(19.1) 
(1.9) 
.- 

1-2 yrs 
€m 

>2 yrs
€m

(37.0) 
(2.1) 
.- 

(430.6)
(1.0)
.-

total contracted outflows 

483.7 

(496.2) 

(4.5) 

(21.0) 

(39.1) 

(431.6)

2009 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
interest rate swaps – net cash outflows 
Trade payables & accruals 

309.2 
6.3 
0.2 

(325.0) 
(9.5) 
(0.2) 

(2.4) 
(1.9) 
(0.2) 

(2.3) 
(2.1) 
.- 

(4.6) 
(2.9) 
.- 

(315.7)
(2.6)
.-

Total contracted outflows 

315.7 

(334.7) 

(4.5) 

(4.4) 

(7.5) 

(318.3)

(f)  market risk

 Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage 
and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return on risk.

 The Group enters into derivatives to mitigate risks arising in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs financial 
liabilities, in order to manage market risks. The Group carries out all such transactions within the Treasury policy as set down 
by the Board of Directors. Generally the Group seeks to apply hedge accounting in order to manage volatility in profit or loss.

  Currency risk

 The Group’s primary currency exposures relate to sales transactions in foreign currencies, as it has significant net receivables 
in Sterling and US dollar relating to its export sales, and fluctuations in the euro value of the Group’s net investment in 
sterling denominated subsidiary undertakings. A limited amount of inputs purchased are denominated in currencies other 
than euro, relating principally to direct brand marketing activities in export markets and purchases of certain raw materials.

9 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

 The euro is used for planning and budgetary purposes and as the presentation currency for financial reporting. Currency 
exposures for the entire Group are managed and controlled centrally. Forward foreign currency contracts are used to reduce 
exposures to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Group policy is to limit the short-term exposures to fluctuations in 
foreign currencies by hedging a significant portion of the projected non-euro forecast sales revenue up to a maximum of two 
years ahead. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. All derivative contracts 
entered into are in liquid markets with credit-approved parties. Treasury operations are controlled within strict terms of 
reference that have been approved by the Board.

 The Group seeks to partially manage foreign currency translation risk through borrowings denominated in sterling. As 
outlined in note 19, the Group negotiated a sterling debt facility during the financial year, which is designated as a net 
investment hedge of its sterling subsidiaries.

 The net currency gains and losses on transactional currency exposures are recognised in the income statement and the 
changes arising from fluctuations in the euro value of the Group’s net investment in foreign currency subsidiaries are 
reported separately within the Group Statement of Comprehensive income.

The currency profile of the Group’s financial instruments as at 28 February 2010 is as follows:-

Cash & cash equivalents 
Trade receivables 
Advances to customers 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities 
interest bearing bank loans 
Trade payables & accruals 
Provisions 

Total 

. 

sterling 
€m 

usd/cad  not at risk 
€m 

€m 

total
€m

6.3 
9.7 
.- 
(0.5) 
(49.0) 
(11.1) 
.- 

4.6 
5.1 
.- 
(1.4) 
.- 
(0.4) 
.- 

102.6 
66.9 
23.6 
(4.9) 
(429.4) 
(127.9) 
(12.6) 

113.5
81.7
23.6
(6.8)
(478.4)
(139.4)
(12.6)

(44.6) 

7.9 

(381.7) 

(418.4)

The currency profile of the Company’s financial instruments as at 28 February 2010 is as follows:-

Trade receivables 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities 
interest bearing bank loans 
Trade payables & accruals 

Total 

sterling 
€m 

usd/cad  not at risk 
€m 

€m 

total
€m

.- 
.- 
(49.0) 
.- 

(49.0) 

.- 
.- 
.- 
.- 

.- 

548.2 
(4.9) 
(429.4) 
(0.4) 

548.2
(4.9)
(478.4)
(0.4)

113.5 

64.5

 Foreign currency contracts in place at 28 February 2010 to sell fixed amounts of the currencies below for contracted euro 
amounts can be summarised as follows:-

stg£ 

us$ 

can$

stg£m 

avg fwd 
 rate 

us$m 

avg fwd 
 rate 

can$m 

avg fwd
 rate

Year ending 28 February 2011 

30.0 

0.91 

24.0 

1.45 

6.1 

1.56

 A 10% strengthening in the euro against Sterling and the US Dollar, based on outstanding financial assets and liabilities at 
28 February 2010, would have a €1.1m negative impact on the income statement and a €0.7m positive impact on the equity 
reserve. A 10% weakening in the Euro against Sterling and the US Dollar would have a €2.5m positive effect on the income 
statement and a €0.8m negative impact on the equity reserve. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular 
interest rates, remain constant.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

9 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

interest rate risk
 The interest rate profile of the Group and Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is 
summarised as follows: 

variable rate instruments 
interest bearing loans & borrowings 
Cash & cash equivalents 
Derivative liabilities 

group 

company

2010 
€m 

2009 
€m 

2010 
€m 

2009
€m

(480.2) 
113.5 
(4.9) 

(310.0) 
83.0 
(6.3) 

(480.2) 
.- 
(4.9) 

(310.0)
.-
(6.3)

(371.6) 

(233.3) 

(485.1) 

(316.3)

 The Group and Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates arises principally from its long-term debt 
obligations. Group treasury, using interest rate swaps to give the desired mix of fixed and floating rate debt, manages 
interest cost and exposure to market risk centrally. The Group policy is to fix interest rates on a percentage of Group debt. 
With the objective of managing this mix in a cost-efficient manner, the Group and Company enters into interest rate swaps 
under which the Group contracts to exchange, at predetermined intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest 
amounts calculated by reference to a pre-agreed notional principal. These swaps are designated under iAS 39 as cash flow 
hedges to hedge the exposure to variability in cash flow arising from the changes in benchmark interest rates. 

 interest rate swap contracts in place at 28 February 2010 have the effect of converting up to €100m (2009: €150m) of Group 
and Company debt from floating rates to fixed rates. The level of cover in place in summarised as follows:-

Expiring on 28 February 2011 
Expiring on 31 August 2012 

amount 
fixed 
€m 

fixed
interest
rate

50.0 
50.0 

3.45%
4.57%

 Based on the level and composition of year-end debt, a change in average interest rates of one percent per annum would 
change the interest charge by €3.8m (2009: €1.6m).

  Financial instruments: Cash flow hedges

 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to occur:-

group 

28 february 2010 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

28 February 2009 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

9 6

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

carrying 
amount 
€m 

expected 
cash flows 
 €m 

6 months 
or less 
 €m 

6-12 
months 
€m 

1-2  more than
2 years
 €m

years 
 €m 

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

.- 
(1.9) 

.- 
(1.8) 

.- 
(0.8) 

.- 
(1.0) 

.- 
.- 

.-
.-

(6.8) 

(8.4) 

(2.4) 

(2.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

(6.3) 

(9.5) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

5.6 
(2.0) 

5.5 
(1.9) 

4.2 
(1.0) 

1.3 
(0.9) 

.- 
.- 

.-
.-

(2.7) 

(5.9) 

1.3 

(1.7) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. financial instruments and financial risk management (CONTiNUED) 

 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to impact profit or loss:-

group 

28 february 2010 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- liabilities 

28 February 2009 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

Forward exchange contracts 
- assets 
- liabilities 

carrying  
amount 
€m 

expected 
cash flows 
 €m 

6 months 
 or less 
€m 

6-12 
months 
 €m 

1-2  more than
2 years
 €m

years 
 €m 

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

(1.9) 

(1.7) 

(0.8) 

(0.9) 

.- 

.-

(6.8) 

(8.3) 

(2.4) 

(2.8) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

(6.3) 

(9.5) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

5.6 
(2.0) 

4.7 
(1.7) 

3.7 
(1.0) 

1.0 
(0.7) 

.- 
.- 

.-
.-

(2.7) 

(6.5) 

0.8 

(1.8) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

 The following table indicates the periods in which cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to occur:- 

company 

28 february 2010 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

28 February 2009 

interest rate swaps 
- liabilities 

expected  
carrying 
amount  cash flows 
€m 

€m 

6 months 
or less 
 €m 

6-12 
months 
 €m 

1-2  more than 
2 years
€m

years 
 €m 

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

(4.9) 

(6.6) 

(1.6) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(1.0)

Carrying 
amount 
€m 

Expected  
cash flows 
€m 

6 months 
or less 
 €m 

6-12 
months 
 €m 

1-2  More than 
2 years
€m

years 
 €m 

(6.3) 

(9.5) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

(6.3) 

(9.5) 

(1.9) 

(2.1) 

(2.9) 

(2.6)

 The cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are expected to impact profit or loss in the same 
periods.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

9 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

24. share caPital and reserves

share capital

at 28 february 2010 
ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

At 28 February 2009 
Ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

At 29 February 2008 
Ordinary shares of €0.01 each 

authorised  
number 

allotted and 
called up 
number 

authorised 
€m 

  allotted and
called up*
€m

800,000,000 

334,068,149* 

8.0 

3.3*

800,000,000 

328,583,417** 

8.0 

3.3**

800,000,000 

312,992,836*** 

8.0 

3.1

* 
inclusive of 16.0m treasury shares which are not fully paid up. The balance of 318,068,149 ordinary shares are fully paid
**  inclusive of 12.8m treasury shares which are not fully paid up. The balance of 315,783,417 ordinary shares are fully paid
*** fully paid up ordinary shares

 All shares in issue carry equal voting and dividend rights. The beneficial owners of the 16.0m shares issued under the Joint 
Share Ownership Plan have waived their right to receive a dividend.

reserves
group

  Movements in the year ended 28 February 2010   

 in September 2009, 1,345,209 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who elected to receive additional 
ordinary shares at a price of €2.19 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year ended 28 February 2009 
final dividend entitlement. in December 2009, 506,723 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who 
elected to receive additional ordinary shares at a price of €2.69 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year 
ended 28 February 2010 interim dividend entitlement.

 Also, during the financial year, 432,800 ordinary shares were issued on the exercise of share options for a net consideration 
of €0.8m and a further 3,200,000 shares were issued as part of a Joint Share Ownership Plan for a total consideration of 
€6.6m, of which €0.7m was funded by the participating Executives and the balance funded by the Group. As with the shares 
issued under the Joint Share Ownership Plan during the previous year, these shares are held in trust with Kleinwort Benson 
(Guernsey) Trustees Limited and the entitlements associated with the shares fall to the benefit of the relevant executives if 
certain conditions in the Joint Share Ownership scheme are met over the life of the scheme. 

  Movements in the year ended 28 February 2009  

 in July 2008, 612,317 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who elected to receive additional ordinary 
shares at a price of €5.12 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year ended 29 February 2008 final 
dividend entitlement. in December 2008, 2,021,764 ordinary shares were issued to the holders of ordinary shares who elected 
to receive additional ordinary shares at a price of €1.23 per share, instead of part or all the cash element of their year ended 
28 February 2009 interim dividend entitlement.

 Also during the financial year, 156,500 ordinary shares were issued on the exercise of share options for a consideration 
of €0.4m and a further 12,800,000 shares were issued as part of a Joint Share Ownership Plan for a total consideration of 
€14.7m, of which €1.5m was funded by the participating Executives and the balance funded by the Group. These shares 
are held in trust with Kleinwort Benson (Guernsey) Trustees Limited and the entitlements associated with the shares fall to 
the benefit of the relevant executives if certain conditions in the Joint Share Ownership scheme are met over the life of the 
scheme. 

 Details of Directors’ shareholdings and employee share ownership plans are set out in the Report of the Remuneration 
Committee on pages 39 to 43.

share premium - company
 The share premium, as stated in the Company balance sheet, represents the premium recognised on shares issued and 
amounts to €779.0m as at 28 February 2010 (2009: €767.3m). The movement in the current year relates to the exercise of 
share options, the issuance of a scrip dividend to those who elected to receive additional ordinary shares in place of a cash 
dividend, and the issue of shares under the Joint Share Ownership Plan. 

9 8

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. share caPital and reserves (CONTiNUED) 

share premium - group
 The change in legal parent of the Group on 30 April 2004 as disclosed in detail in that year’s annual report was accounted for 
as a reverse acquisition. This transaction gave rise to a reserve of €703.9m, which, for presentation purposes in the Group 
financial statements, has been netted against the share premium in the consolidated balance sheet.

 capital redemption reserve and capital reserve
 These reserves initially arose on the conversion of preference shares into share capital of the Company and other changes 
and reorganisations of the Group’s capital structure. These reserves are not distributable.

cash flow hedging reserve
 The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging 
instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred as set out in note 23 together with any deferred gains or 
losses on hedging contracts where hedge accounting was discontinued but the forecast transaction is still anticipated to occur.

share-based payment reserve
 The reserve comprises amounts expensed in the income statement in connection with share option grants falling within the 
scope of iFRS 2 Share-based Payment less any exercises or lapses of such share options, as set out in note 4.

currency translation reserve
 The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences from 1 March 2004, arising from the translation of the net 
assets of the Group’s non-euro denominated operations, including the translation of the profits of such operations from the 
average exchange rate for the year to the exchange rate at the balance sheet date as adjusted for foreign currency borrowings 
and other derivatives designated as net investment hedges.

treasury shares
 This reserve arises when the Company issues equity share capital under its Joint Share Ownership Plan, which is held in 
trust by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust. The consideration paid, 90% by a Group company and 10% by the participants, in 
respect of these shares is deducted from total shareholders’ equity and classified as treasury shares on consolidation. 

capital management
 The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for the benefit of shareholders and stakeholders, to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain the 
future development of the business through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. There are no externally imposed 
requirements with respect to capital. The Board considers capital to comprise long-term debt and equity.

 The Board periodically reviews the capital structure of the Group, considering the cost of capital and the risks associated 
with each class of capital. The Board approves any material adjustments to the capital structure in terms of the relative 
proportions of debt and equity. in order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares, dispose 
of assets, alter dividend policy or return capital to shareholders. During the previous financial year, the Directors undertook 
a decision to propose a reduction in the full year dividend per share payable to ordinary shareholders for the financial year 
ended 28 February 2010 from 9.0c per share to 6.0c per share, the final element of which (3.0c per share) is subject to 
shareholder approval at the AGM to be held on 5 August 2010. 

 The level of debt in the capital structure is measured by the ratio of Net debt:EBiTDA before exceptional items. in the period, this 
ratio increased from 1.9 at 28 February 2009 to 2.8 at 28 February 2010. The Group’s primary debt facility matures in May 2012, it is 
Group policy to ensure that a structure of long term debt funding is in place at least 6 months in advance of the maturity date.

company income statement
 in accordance with Section 148(8) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1963, the income statement of the Company has not 
been presented separately in these consolidated financial statements. A profit of €8.2m (2009: €11.6m) was recognised in the 
individual Company income statement of C&C Group plc.

25. caPital commitments 

 At the year-end, the following capital commitments authorised by the Board had not been provided for in the financial 
statements:-

Contracted 
  Not contracted 

2010 
€m 

5.7 
2.7 

8.4 

2009
€m

0.8
0.5

1.3

 The capital commitments at 28 February 2010 predominantly relate to costs associated with the implementation of a JD Edwards 
iT system in the acquired businesses. it is expected that these commitments will be settled in the coming financial year. 

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

9 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

26. commitments under oPerating leases

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases at the year end are as follows:

Payable within one year 
Payable in 2 to 5 years 

2010 

2009

land & 
buildings 
€m 

other 
€m 

Land & 
buildings 
€m 

3.9 
15.7 

19.6 

1.8 
4.0 

5.8 

0.4 
1.6 

2.0 

Other
€m

0.9
3.0

3.9

 On the acquisition of the Tennents and Gaymer cider businesses a number of lease agreement were novated to the Group for 
the provision of motor vehicles and warehousing.

27. guarantees and contingencies

 Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of companies within the 
Group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The Company treats the 
guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make 
a payment under the guarantee. 

 During the year, the Company negotiated a new sterling debt facility of £60m and the Company, together with a number 
of its subsidiaries as outlined in note 30, gave a letter of guarantee to secure its obligations in respect of this loan. These 
companies also have a similar guarantee in place in relation to the euro syndicated bank loan facility which was put in place 
in May 2007. The actual loans outstanding at 28 February 2010 amounted to €480.2m (2009: €310m).

 During the current year, Enterprise ireland funding of €0.2m was received under the terms of the irish Government’s 
Employment Subsidy Scheme while in the prior year €0.2m was received towards the costs of implementing a development 
plan. These funds are fully repayable should the company at any time during the term of the Agreement be in breach of the 
terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Agreement terminates five years from inception.

 Under the terms of the Sale Purchase Agreement with respect to the disposal of the Soft drinks business to Britvic plc, the 
Group had a maximum exposure of €249.2m in relation to warranties undertaken. The time limit for the submission of all 
claims with respect to these warranties, with the exception of a claim relating to tax where the time limit is 4 years, expired in 
June 2009.

 Under the terms of the Sale Purchase Agreements with respect to the disposal of the wines and spirits distribution 
businesses in the year to 28 February 2009, the Group had a maximum exposure of €9.6m with respect to the Republic of 
ireland business and Stg£1.9m with respect to the Northern ireland business in relation to warranties undertaken. All claims 
with respect to these warranties must be presented in writing to the group within 21 months (13 June 2010) and 18 months 
(26 August 2010) respectively, following completion of the sale, except for a claim relating to tax in Northern ireland where the 
time limit is 7 years. 

 Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities 
of all its subsidiary companies incorporated in the Republic of ireland for the financial year to 28 February 2010 and as a 
result such subsidiaries are exempt from the filing provisions of Section 7, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986 (note 30).

28. related Party transactions
(a)  group

identity of related parties 
 The principal related party relationships requiring disclosure in the consolidated financial statements of the Group under 
iAS 24 Related Party Disclosures pertain to the existence of subsidiaries, transactions with these entities entered into by the 
Group and the identification and compensation of key management personnel.

  Subsidiary undertakings

 The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. A listing of all 
subsidiaries is provided in note 30. Sales to and purchases from, together with outstanding payables and receivables, are 
eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with iAS 27 Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

1 0 0

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28. related Party transactions (CONTiNUED)
  Key management personnel 

 For the purposes of the disclosure requirements of iAS 24, the Group has defined the term ‘key management personnel’, as 
its executive and non-executive Directors. in addition to their salaries, the Group also provides non-cash benefits to Directors 
and executive officers, and contributes to a post-employment defined benefit plan on certain Directors behalf. Executive 
Directors also participate in the Group’s share option programmes (note 4). 

Details of key management remuneration are as follows:-

  Number of individuals 

Salaries and other short term employee benefits 
Post employment benefits 
Termination payments 
Cash settled long term incentive plan 
Equity settled share-based payments 

Charged to the income statement 
Actuarial loss recognised on defined benefit pension schemes 

Total 

2010 
number 

2009
Number

12 

€m 
2.2 
0.4 
.- 
0.1 
1.0 

3.7 
.- 

3.7 

14

€m
2.6
0.5
4.4
0.1
0.2

7.8
1.0

8.8

 During the prior year, a provision was made for termination payments in respect of Directors leaving service during the 
current financial year.

 Brendan Dwan and John Holberry, who resigned from the Board on 1 May 2009 and 31 August 2009 respectively, have been 
included in the head count numbers. All costs relating to Brendan Dwan’s employment and John Holberry’s termination and 
bonus were provided in the prior year.

 John Dunsmore is a non-executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of Fuller Smith & Turner Plc, a 
company with which the Group has a trading relationship.

 Details of transactions with executive and non-executive Directors are set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee 
on pages 39 to 43.

(b)  company

 The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiary undertakings. Details of the transactions in the year between 
the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Dividends received from subsidiary undertakings 
Expenses paid by subsidiary undertakings on behalf of the Company   
Equity settled share-based payments 

  Movement in loans with subsidiary undertakings 

Funding of cash requirements of subsidiary undertakings   

€m
.-
(10.0)
2.5
(0.2)
(171.0)

29. Post balance sheet event

 The Group announced an agreement to dispose of its Spirits & Liqueurs division to William Grant & Sons Holdings Ltd for a 
cash consideration of €300m on 30 April 2010. This business was not held for sale as at 28 February 2010 and has not been 
accounted for as such. The disposal is subject only to C&C Group shareholder approval which will be sought at an EGM to be 
held on 17 June 2010.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

1 0 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nature of business 

class of shares held (100%)

Cider 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Holding company 
Spirits & liqueurs 
Provision of management services 
Provision of management services 
Cider & beer distribution 
Cider 
Cider, beer & soft drinks distribution 
Beer Distribution 
Beer 
Cider 
Cider 
Cider 

Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Holding company 

Holding company 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Holding company 
Non-trading 
Patent company 
Holding company 
Non-trading 
Holding company 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 
Non-trading 

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary 
Ordinary 

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

NOTES - CONTiNUED
Forming part of the financial statements

30. subsidiary undertakings

name 
trading subsidiaries 
*^  Bulmers Limited 
*^  C&C (Holdings) Limited 
#*^ C&C Group international Holdings Limited 
*^  C&C Group irish Holdings Limited 
*^  C&C international Limited 
*  C&C Management Services (2007) Limited 
C&C Management Services (UK) Limited 

~  C&C Northern ireland Limited 
^  Gaymer Cider Company Limited 
~  quinns of Cookstown (1964) Limited 
*^  Tennents Beer Limited 
^  Tennent Caledonian Breweries (UK) Limited 
*^  Wm. Magner Limited 
  Wm Magner GmbH 
  Wm. Magner, inc 

other subsidiaries 
*  Bestormel Limited 
*  Bouchel Limited 
*  C&C Agencies Limited 
^  C&C Brands Limited  
*  C&C (investments) Limited  
*  C&C Group Pension Trust (No. 2) Limited 
*  C&C Group Pension Trust Limited 
^  C&C iP Sarl 

C&C Logistics (Ni) Limited 

^  C&C Luxembourg Sarl 
~^  C&C Holdings (Ni) Limited ( previously C&C

Pension Trust (1988) Limited) 

~  C&C Profit Sharing Trustee (Ni) Limited 
*  C&C Profit Sharing Trustee Limited 

irish Mist Liqueur Company Limited 

Cantrell & Cochrane B.V. 
*^  Cantrell & Cochrane Limited 
*  Cravenby Limited 
*  Edward and John Burke (1968) Limited 
*  Findlater (Wine Merchants) Limited 
*  Fruit of the Vine Limited 
*  Grants of ireland Limited 
* 
*  Lough Corrib Mineral Water Company Limited 
*  Magners irish Cider Limited 
*  M O’Sullivan & Sons Limited 
~  Reihill McKeown Limited 
*  Showerings (ireland) Limited 
*  Thwaites Limited 
*  TJ Carolan & Son Limited 
*  Tullamore Dew Company Limited 
*  Vandamin Limited 

*  Companies covered by Section 17 guarantees (note 27)
^  Original guarantors in respect of bank loans
immediate subsidiary of C&C Group plc
# 

1 0 2

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30. subsidiary undertakings (CONTiNUED)

 All the above subsidiary companies are registered in the Republic of ireland and have their registered office at The Grange, 
Stillorgan Road, Blackrock, Co Dublin with the exception of:-

-  C&C Group plc which has its registered office at The Plaza, Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12,
-   C&C Luxembourg Sarl and C&C iP Sarl which have their registered offices at L01232 Luxembourg, Avenue Marie-Therese,
 C&C Management Services (UK) Limited which has its registered office at Abbots House, Abbey Street, Reading, Berkshire,
-  
 Cantrell & Cochrane B.V. which has its registered office at A.J. Ernststraat 595 H, 1082 LD, Amsterdam, 
- 
-  Gaymer Cider Company Limited which has its registered office at 4 More London Riverside, London, SE1 2AU,
-  Tennent Caledonian Breweries (UK) Limited which has its registered office at 191 West George Street, Glasgow, G2 2LD,
-  Wm Magner GmbH which has its registered office at Hans-Steiberger-StraBe 2b, 85540 Harr, 
-  Wm Magner, inc. which has its registered office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York 10036-7703, and,
- 

those marked “~” which have their registered offices at 468-472 Castlereagh Road, Belfast.

31. aPProval of financial statements

These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 25 May 2010.

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

1 0 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER AND OTHER iNFORMATiON

C&C Group plc is an irish registered company. its ordinary 
shares are quoted on the irish and London Stock Exchanges. 
C&C also has a Level 1 American Depository Receipts (ADR) 
programme for which Deutsche Bank acts as depository 
(symbol CCGGY). Each ADR share represents three C&C 
ordinary shares.

financial calendar 
Annual general meeting 
Payment date for final dividend 
interim results announcement 
interim dividend payment 
Financial year-end 

date
05-Aug-10
01-Sep-10
Oct-10
Dec-10
28-Feb-11

website
Further information on C&C Group plc is available at www.
candcgroupplc.com

secretary and registered office
Sinead Gillen
C&C Group plc
Block 71, The Plaza, Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12. 
Tel:  
Fax: 

+353 1 616 1100
+353 1 654 6272

investor relations
FD K Capital Source
10 Merrion Square, Dublin 2

Dividend Withholding Tax (‘DWT’) must be deducted from 
dividends paid by an irish resident company, unless a 
shareholder is entitled to an exemption and has submitted 
a properly completed exemption form to the Company’s 
Registrars. DWT applies to dividends paid by way of cash 
or by way of shares under a scrip dividend scheme and is 
deducted at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20%). 
Non-resident shareholders and certain irish companies, 
trusts, pension schemes, investment undertakings, companies 
resident in any member state of the European Union and 
charities may be entitled to claim exemption from DWT and 
have been sent the relevant form. Further copies of the form 
may be obtained from Capita Registrars. Shareholders should 
note that DWT will be deducted from dividends in cases where 
a properly completed form has not been received by the 
relevant record date. individuals who are resident in ireland for 
tax purposes are not entitled to an exemption.

Shareholders who wish to have their dividend paid direct to 
a bank account, by electronic funds transfer, should contact 
Capita Registrars to obtain a mandate form. Tax vouchers will 
be sent to the shareholder’s registered address under this 
arrangement.

crest members
Share holders who hold their shares via CREST will 
automatically receive dividends in Euro unless they elect 
otherwise.

registrars
Shareholders/investors with queries concerning their holdings, 
dividend information or administrative matters should contact 
our registrars:

non-crest members
Shareholders who hold their shares in certificate form will 
automatically receive dividends in Euro with the following 
exceptions:

Capita Registrars
Unit 5, Manor Street Business Park, Manor Street, Dublin 7
Tel:  
Fax: 
Email:  enquiries@capitaregistrars.ie

+353 1 810 2400
+353 1 810 2422

•  Shareholders with an address in the UK will automatically 

receive dividends in Sterling

•  Shareholders who had previously elected to receive dividends 
in a particular currency will continue to receive dividends in 
that currency.

Shareholders who wish to receive dividends in a currency other 
than that which will be automatically used should contact the 
Registrar.

crest
Transfer of the Company’s shares takes place through the 
CREST settlement system. Shareholders have the choice of 
holding their shares in electronic form or in the form of share 
certificates.

electronic communications
Following the introduction of the Transparency Regulations 
2007, and in order to promote a more cost effective and 
environmentally friendly approach, the Company provides the 
Annual Report electronically to shareholders via the Group’s 
website and only sends a printed copy to those who specifically 
request one. Shareholders who wish to alter the method 
by which they receive communications should contact the 
Company’s registrar.

PrinciPal bankers
AiB Bank 
Bank of ireland
Ulster Bank

solicitors 
McCann FitzGerald
Riverside One, Sir John Rogerson’s quay, Dublin 2

stockbrokers
Davy Stockbrokers
Goldman Sachs

auditor
KPMG
Chartered Accountants
1 Stokes Place, St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin 2

dividend Payments
An interim dividend of 3c per ordinary share was paid on 10 
December 2009.

A final dividend of 3c, if approved, will be paid in respect of 
ordinary shares on 1 September 2010. A scrip alternative will 
be offered to shareholders.

1 0 4

C & C   G R O U P   P L C

 
e

i
.

i

n
g
s
e
d
e
c
r
u
o
s
.
w
w
w

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   &   A C C O U N T S   2 0 1 0

1 0 5

Block 71, The Plaza,
Year ended 28 February 2010
Parkwest Business Park, Dublin 12 
www.candcgroupplc.com